You are on page 1of 399

INFORMATION TO USERS

The most advanced technology has been used to photo­


graph and reproduce this manuscript from the microfilm
master. UMI films the text directly from the original or
copy submitted. Thus, some thesis and dissertation copies
are in typewriter face, while others may be from any type
of computer printer.
The quality of this reproduction is dependent upon the
quality of the copy submitted. Broken or indistinct print,
colored or poor quality illustrations and photographs,
print bleedthrough, substandard margins, and improper
alignment can adversely affect reproduction.

In the unlikely event that the author did not send UMI a
complete manuscript and there are missing pages, these
will be noted. Also, if unauthorized copyright material
had to be removed, a note will indicate the deletion.

Oversize materials (e.g., maps, drawings, charts) are re­


produced by sectioning the original, beginning at the
upper left-hand corner and continuing from left to right in
equal sections with small overlaps. Each original is also
photographed in one exposure and is included in reduced
form at the back of the book. These are also available as
one exposure on a standard 35mm slide or as a 17" x 23"
black and white photographic print for an additional
charge.
Photographs included in the original manuscript have
been reproduced xerographically in this copy. Higher
quality 6" x 9" black and white photographic prints are
available for any photographs or illustrations appearing
in this copy for an additional charge. Contact UMI directly
to order.

University Microfilms International


A Bell & Howell Information Com pany
3 0 0 North Z ee b Road, Ann Arbor, Ml 48106-1346 USA
313/7 6 1 -4 70 0 8 0 0 /5 2 1 -0 6 0 0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
O rd er N u m b er 8916215

Experiments to study seismic drift o f reinforced concrete


structures

Bonacci, John Francis, Ph.D.


University of Illinois at U.-bana-Champaign, 1989

UMI
300 N. Zeeb Rd.
Ann Arbor, MI 48106

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
EXPERIMENTS TO STUDY SEISMIC DRIFT
OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

BY

JOHN FRANCIS BONACCI

B.S., University of Illinois, 1981


M.S., University of Illinois, 1982

THESIS

Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements


for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Civil Engineering
in the Graduate College of the
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1989

Urbana, Illinois

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

TH E GRADUATE COLLEGE

JANUARY 1989

W E H E R E B Y R E C O M M E N D T H A T T H E T H E S IS B Y

____________________________JOHN- FRANCIS BONACCI_________________________________

E N T IT L E D EXPERIMENTS TO STUDY SEISMIC DRIFT OF REINFORCED______________

CONCRETE STRUCTURES______________________________

BE A C C E P T E D IN P A R T IA L F U L F IL L M E N T O F T H E R E Q U IR E M E N T S FO R

T H E D E G R E E O F__________________ DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY_______________________

--
Director of Thesis Research

Head of D«y«rtment

C om m itte e on F in a l E x a m in a tio n !

Chairperson

tfdU

t Required for doctor’s degree but not for master’s.

o-r.i7

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
iii

ABSTRACT

EXPERIMENTS TO STUDY SEISMIC DRIFT


OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

John Francis Bonacci, Ph.D.


Department of Civil Engineering
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1989
Mete A. Sozen, Advisor

Earthquake-simulation tests of fifteen reinforced concrete single-degree-of-

freedom systems were made to provide benchmark data for studying nonlinear

drift response. Test variables included strength and initial period of the

specimen, and frequency content and intensity of simulated earthquake motions.

Analysis of measured response identified three tools for estimating seismic

drift of structures. An idealized linear response spectrum for a damping ratio

of 0.02 can be used to provide a quick check of overall drift or to compare

structural alternatives. The substitute-structure method provides member

design forces that are based on prescribed drift limits and control of damage.

For nonlinear response history analysis using Takeda's hysteresis rules, values

of five analytical parameters that gave the best results were identified.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
iv

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This study relied on financial support from the National Science Foundation

under grant ECE-8418691. Data storage and analysis made extensive use of a DEC

VAX 11/750 computer, which was acquired under grantCEE-8402176.

The author is infinitely grateful to his advisor, Professor M. A. Sozen,

whose masterful giving and taking of intellectual rope was crucial to the

completion of this thesis.

Professors D. P. Abrams, W. J. Hall, K. D. Hjelmstad, and S. L. Wood are

thanked for their insightful criticism and valuable suggestions.

The success of the experiments relied in part on the suggestions and labor

of many, including A. E. Schultz, S. L. Wood, R. R. Lopez, M. 0. Eberhard, A.

Johnson, K. Kleemeyer, and C. Bartholomew.

D. Bever is thanked for preparing the manuscript, and H. P. Waltherforhis

timely contributions to automated production of graphics.

My wife Jill, to whom this work is dedicated, provided continuous

encouragement, support, patience, and an oasis of relaxation when it was most

needed.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
V

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER Page

1. INTRODUCTION .............................................. 1

2. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM ...................................... 3

2.1 Experimental Objectives ............................... 3


2.2 Test S e t u p .......................................... 4
2.3 Experimental P l a n .................................... 6
2.4 Overview of Experimental W o r k ........................... 12

3. MEASURED RESPONSE OF TEST SPECIMENS.......................... 15

3.1 Conventions............................................15
3.2 Base M o t i o n s .......................................... 17
3.3 Specimen Response .................................... 18
3.4 Summary of Response.................................... 35

4. ANALYSIS OF MEASURED DISPLACEMENT RESPONSE .................. 38

4.1 Naming of Variables.................................... 39


4.2 Dimensionless Products .............................. 46
4.3 Relationship of Drift Response to Test Variables ....... 48
4.4 Summary............................................... 51

5. GENERALIZING THE EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS INRELATION TO .......... 53


LINEAR RESPONSE SPECTRA

5.1 Idealized Linear Response ............................ 53


5.2 Dimensionless Classification ......................... 56
5.3 Summary............................................... 58

6. CALIBRATION OF TWO NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES...................... 60


FOR NONLINEAR RESPONSE

6.1 Response History Calculations ......................... 60


6.2 Substitute-Structure Method .......................... 72
6.3 Summary . ■............................................. 77

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

CHAPTER Page

7. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS..................................... 79

7.1 Summary............................................... 79
7.2 Conclusions............................................ 82
7.3 Closing Discussion .................................. 87

TABLES............................................................ 91

F I G U R E S ......................................................... 120

APPENDIX

A. DESCRIPTION OF EXPERIMENTAL W O R K ............................224

B. SYNCHRONIZATION OF RECORDED SIGNALS ........................ 279

C. MEASURED RESPONSE OF TEST SPECIMENS......................... 290

LIST OF REFERENCES................................................. 377

V I T A ............................................................. 380

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
vii

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page

2.1 Assumed Properties of Test Specimens .......................... 91

2.2 Parametric Make-up of Test Specimens .......................... 93

2.3 Experimental P l a n ........................................... 94

3.1 Comparison of Measured Spectral Quantities with Experimental


Plan V a l u e s ............................................... 95

3.2 Summary of Response Maxima - Earthquake Simulation Tests ........ 96

3.3 Parametric Key to Figures of Specimen Response ................. 100

3.4 Summary of Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes ................... 101

3.5 Summary of Free-Vibration Tests .............................. 105

4.1 Numerical Values of Variables for Analysis of Drift Response . . . 106

5.1 Ground Motion Parameters for Idealized Spectra ................. 107

5.2 Normalization of Test Results for Comparison with Idealized


Spectrum..................................................... 108

5.3 Dimensionless Ratios for Response Classification ............... Ill

6.1 Assumed Transformed Section Properties ........................ 112

6.2 Tally of Parametric Values for Ten Best Calculations..............113

6.3 Organization of Bond Stress Parameter with Respect to


Experimental Variables ...................................... 114

6.4 Organization of Post-Yield Slope Parameter with Respect to


Experimental Variables ...................................... 115

6.5 Organization of Unloading Slope Exponent Parameter with


Respect to Experimental Variables ........................... 116

6.6 Organization of Softened Unloading Parameter with Respect


to Experimental Variables ................................... 117

6.7 Organization of Damping Parameter with Respect to Experimental


Variables....................................................118

6.8 Summary of Substitute Structure Calculations ................... 119

A.l Measured Beam Cross-Section Dimensions ........................ 242

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
viii

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)

Table Page

A.2 Measured Concrete Cover for Beam Longitudinal Steel ........... 243

A. 3 Measured Weight of Test Specimens.............................. 244

A.4 Measured Properties of Concrete .............................. 245

A.5 Polynomial Fit to Measured Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain


Relationship ................................................ 246

A.6 Measured Properties of Flexural Reinforcement ................. 247

A.7 Measured Properties of Auxiliary Reinforcement ................. 247

A.8 Chronology of Experiments ................................... 248

A.9 Manufacturer's Ratings - Accelerometers ...................... 249

A.10 Manufacturer's Ratings - LVDTs ................................ 249

A.11 Data Acquisition Configurations .............................. 250

B.l Filter Delay Test R e s u l t s ..................................... 285

B.2 Corrections for Moment-Rotation Relationships ................. 285

B.3 Corrections for Substitute Damping Computation ................. 286

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ix

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure Page

2.1 Photograph of Test Setup....................................... 120

2.2 Specimen Response Idealization ................................ 121

2.3 Beam Element Idealization......................................122

2.4 Specimen Configuration Variables .............................. 123

2.5 Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra for Original


Earthquake Records Scaled to 1 G ............................... 124

2.6 Summary of Hypothesis from Analytical Study by Shimazaki


and Sozen [22]................................................127

2.7 Development of Specimen Capacity .............................. 128

2.8 Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra for Test Base


Motions Scaled to 1 G ........................................ 129

2.9 Energy Demand Response Spectra for Test Base Motions Scaled
to 1 G ....................................................... 132

2.10 Layout of Experimental Plan by Period and Strength Ratios .... 135

2.11 Beam Section.................................................. 136

3.1 Comparison of Measured Castaic Platform Motion to Reference


Signal....................................................... 137

3.2 Comparison of Measured El Centro Platform Motion to Reference


Signal....................................................... 139

3.3 Comparison of Measured Santa Barbara Platform Motion to


Reference Signal ............................................ 143

3.4 History of Response of Specimen B-01 During Run1 ............... 147

3.5 History of Response of Specimen B-02 During Run1 ............... 148

3.6 History of Response of Specimen B-05 During Run1 ............... 149

3.7 History of Response of Specimen B-06 During Run1 ............... 150

3.8 History of Response of Specimen B-06 During Run2 ............... 151

3.9 History of Response of Specimen B-06 During Run3 ............... 152

3.10 History of Response of Specimen B-06 During Run4 ............... 153

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
X

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Page

3.11 History of Response of Specimen B-09 During Run 1 ............... 154

3.12 History of Response of Specimen B-10 During Run 1 ............... 155

3.13 Effect of Time Skew on Moment-Rotation Relationship............. 156

3.14 Effect of Time Skew on Apparent Stiffness...................... 160

3.15 Effect of Time Skew on Calculated Energy Dissipation............. 161

3.16 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-01 During Run1 ........... 162

3.17 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-02 During Run1 ........... 163

3.18 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-05 During Run 1 164

3.19 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-06 During Run 1 165

3.20 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-06 During Run 2 166

3.21 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-06 During Run 3 167

3.22 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-06 During Run 4 168

3.23 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-09 During Run 1 169

3.24 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-10 During Run 1 170

3.25 Variation of Apparent Stiffness with Peak Rotation........... 171

3.26 Energy Retention for Softened Cycles, Test B-02 During Run 1 . . . 172

3.27 Energy Retention for Softened Cycles, Test B-05 During Run 1 . . . 173

3.28 Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes ............................ 174

3.29 Comparison of Apparent Yield Moments with Static Estimates . . . . 188

3.30 Comparison of Peak Moments with Static Bound................. 189

3.31 Effect of Varied Span Length on Observed D a m a g e ............. 190

3.32 Effect of Varied Strength on Observed Damage ................... 191

3.33 Comparison of Measured to Calculated Initial Frequencies ........ 192

3.34 Evaluation of Damping Coefficient from Free-Vibration Tests . . . 193

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Page

4.1 Properties of Linear Energy Response Spectra ................... 194

4.2 Determination of Characteristic Period ........................ 196

4.3 Variation of Drift Expressions with Strength-Related


Independent Variables ...................................... 197

4.4 Variation of Drift Expressions with Period-Related Independent


Variables................................................... 198

4.5 Variation of Drift Expressions with Dimensionless Independent


Variables................................................... 199

4.6 Variation of the Ratio of Measured to Computed Linear


Displacement Response with Rotation Ductility ................ 200

4.7 Variation of Displacement Ductility with Strength Ratio ........ 201

5.1 Relative Frequency Content of Base Motions ..................... 202

5.2 Idealization of Linear Response Spectrum ...................... 203

5.3 Evaluation of Idealized Spectral Shape ........................ 204

5.4 Comparison of Normalized Test Results with Idealized Linear


Spectrum..................................................... 205

5.5 Variation of Displacement Ratio with Sum of Period and


Strength Ratio ............................................. 206

5.6 Division of Period Ratio-Strength Ratio Plane by


Displacement Ratio Criterion ................................. 207

5.7 Comparison of Suggested Dividing Lines for Period Ratio-


Strength Ratio Plane ........................................ 208

6.1 Takeda Hysteresis Model ..................................... 209

6.2 Assumed Moment-Curvature Relationship ........................ 210

6.3 Uncracked Transformed Section ............................... 211

6.4 Fully-Cracked Transformed Section ............................ 211

6.5 Concrete Tensile Strength ................................... 212

6.6 Concrete Secant Modulus ..................................... 212

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Page

6.7 Curvature Distributions ..................................... 213

6.8 Member Model for Support Deformation Analysis ................. 214

6.9 Member Model for Panel Deformation Analysis ................... 215

6.10 Panel Indentation Mechanism .................................. 216

6.11 Bar Slip Mechanism............................................. 216

6.12 Frequency-Domain Error Index .................................. 217

6.13 Comparison of Calculated to Measured Response ................. 218

6.14 Relative Velocity Baseline Correction by Digital Filtering . . . . 220

6.15 Stiffness of Substitute Linear System ........................ 221

6.16 Evaluation of Estimated Displacements from Substitute-


Structure Method ............................................ 222

6.17 Correlation of Substitute Damping with Rotation Ductility .... 223

A.l Test S p e c i m e n ................................................ 251

A.2 Beam Cross-Section Dimension S u r v e y ............................ 252

A.3 Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship................. 253

A.4 Steel Tensile Stress-Strain Relationship for Flexural


Reinforcement .............................................. 268

A. 5 Beam and Panel Reinforcement Details............................ 269

A.6 Formwork Details ............................................ 270

A.7 Panel Base Hinge Connection Detail ............................ 271

A. 8 Beam End Supr rt D e t a i l ....................................... 272

A.9 Attached Steel Weight Details ............................... 273

A. 10 Panel Lateral Bracing Detail....................................274

A. 11 Beam End Lateral Bracing D e t a i l ................................ 275

A. 12 Free-Vibration Test S e t u p ..................................... 276

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Page

A.13 Layout of Instrumentation ................................... 277

A. 14 Test Data Signal P a t h .........................................278

B.l Filter Delay Test S e t u p ....................................... 287

B.2 Filter Delay Test Oscilloscope Display ........................ 288

B.3 Filter Amplitude Response Function ............................ 289

B.4 Time Skew Correction by Linear Interpolation.....................289

C.l Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run1 ................. 291

C.2 Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run2 ................. 293

C.3 Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run3 ................. 295

C.4 Measured Response of Specimen B-02 During Run1 ................. 297

C.5 Measured Response of Specimen B-02 During Run2 ................. 299

C.6 Measured Response of Specimen B-03 During Run1 ................. 301

C.7 Measured Response of Specimen B-03 During Run2 ................. 302

C.8 Measured Response of Specimen B-04 During Run1 ................. 303

C.9 Measured Response of Specimen B-04 During Run2 ................. 305

C.10 Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run1 ................. 307

C.ll Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run2 ................. 309

C.12 Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run3 ................. 311

C.13 Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run1 ................. 313

C.14 Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run2 ................. 315

C.15 Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run3 ................. 317

C.16 Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run4 ................. 319

C.17 Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run1 ................. 321

C.18 Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run2 ................. 323

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Page

C.19 Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run3 ................. 325

C.20 Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run1 ................. 327

C.21 Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run/ ................. 329

C.22 Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run3 ................. 331

C.23 Measured Response of Specimen B-09 During Run1 ................. 333

C.24 Measured Response of Specimen B-09 During Run2 ................. 335

C.25 Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run1 ................. 337

C.26 Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run2 ................. 339

C.27 Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run3 ................. 341

C.28 Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run4 ................. 343

C.29 Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run1 ................. 345

C.30 Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run2 ................. 347

C.31 Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run3 ................. 349

C.32 Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run4 ................. 351

C.33 Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run1 ................. 353

C.34 Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run2 ................. 355

C.35 Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run3 ................. 357

C.36 Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run1 ................. 359

C.37 Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run2 ................. 361

C.38 Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run3 ................. 363

C.39 Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run1 ................. 365

C.40 Measured Response of Specimen E-14 During Run2 ................. 367

C.41 Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run3 ................. 369

C.42 Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run1 ................. 371

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
XV

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)

Figure Page

C.43 Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run 2 373

.
C.44 Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run 3 375

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

Research in the last three decades has established guidelines that increase

the likelihood of survival for buildings shaken by strong earthquakes.

Knowledge of topics such as captive columns, soft stories, strong column-weak

beam design, and detailing for enhanced deformability has reached designers

through building code regulations and publications. Though it is not quite

possible to guarantee the absolute survival of a building, the center of

question in earthquake-resistant design is shifting from prevention of collapse

to serviceability issues (limitation of motion and damage to tolerable levels).

Building codes focus on provision of minimum strength as a basis for

earthquake-resistant design, though inelastic action is permitted in order to

dissipate energy. The tie between structural resistance and deformation in the

dynamic domain assumes knowledge of energy response characteristics. While

code regulations may result in serviceable designs, evaluation of peak response

is unrealistic.

The survival and serviceability of a structure can be addressed by

considering ductility and drift response in design. Such an alternative

approach requires a simple, reliable method for estimating drift response of

structures for which inelastic action is permitted. The accuracy of the method

for estimating drift should not rely on any more accuracy in earthquake

prediction than is necessary for the traditional strength-based design

approach.

This study explores methods of estimating drift response of reinforced

concrete structures to strong earthquakes, with the goal of expanding design

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
capabilities to include the control of damage in buildings. Dynamic tests of

fifteen statically determinate, single-degree-of-freedom, reinforced concrete

systems provide benchmark data for evaluating analytical methods. Basic

properties of structures (strength and period) and earthquakes (frequency

content and intensity) were varied in the experimental program.

A summary of the philosophy, design, and execution of the experimental

program is given in Chapter 2, with supporting detail provided in Appendix A.

Test measurements are presented in Chapter 3, which contains tabular summaries

of all test runs and graphic presentation of nine selected runs. Appendix B

describes synchronization of separate channels for moment-rotation

relationships, and Appendix C contains response plots for all test runs.

Measured peak drift response is studied for correlations with independent

variables in Chapter 4. In Chapter 5, drift data are compared with an

idealized linear displacement spectrum. In the first part of Chapter 6, a

series of response history calculations is made with Takeda's hysteresis rules

[24] to identify the most consistent values for five analytical parameters. In

the second part of Chapter 6, calculations of equivalent viscous damping and

apparent period are used to evaluate the foundations of the substitute-

structure method [21].

Chapter 7 provides a brief summary of all phases of the study, statement of

experimental observations and conclusions, and closing discussion.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3

CHAPTER 2

EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAM

Fifteen reinforced concrete oscillators were constructed and subjected to

simulated earthquake base motion in the experimental phase of this study. The

test program was designed as a fundamental study of inelastic displacement

response of reinforced concrete systems to earthquakes. Four experimental

parameters were considered: specimen strength and initial period, and base

motion frequency content and intensity. This chapter describes the

objectives, design and execution of the test program. Details of the test

setup are discussed at length in Appendix A.

2.1 Experimental Objectives

Much of what is known about the response of structures to earthquake loading

has been expressed within the frame of a response spectrum. The spectrum

reflects a specific aspect of the response (displacement, velocity,

acceleration, or energy, for example) of a primitive oscillator (one having

only a single concentrated mass, a spring and an energy dissipator) for which

the period is varied. Response spectra are most often computed to represent

the response of linear systems to a specific base motion. Spectra for

inelastic response have also been derived by employing various models of

inelastic behavior of materials.

The response spectrum is the basis for many of the analytical postulates

about inelastic displacement response. Most notable among these analytical

studies are those of Newmark and his colleagues [17,26,27]. His calculations

indicated that, for many types of base motions, linear displacements are

preserved for elastoplastic systems with initial periods falling in the regions

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
of nearly-constant displacement and nearly-constant velocity response. In the

region of nearly-constant acceleration response, however, it was demonstrated

that the displacement response of the inelastic system is likely to be

significantly more than that of an equivalent linear system.

In this study, the physical analog to the primitive oscillator that forms

the basis of response spectra is constructed. The objectives of the

experiments are in many ways parallel to the action of deriving a response

spectrum. The problem at hand is to determine, through experiment rather than

computation, the inelastic displacement response of the fundamental oscillator

when its properties are varied. The obvious benefit of this experimental

approach to defining the "spectrum" is that the inelastic behavior is

controlled by natural rules rather than numerical models of such. So here,

both the response and the governing rules may be observed.

Fifteen reinforced concrete single degree-of-freedom oscillators were

constructed and tested. The specific objectives of the test series were: (a)

to conduct a parametric study of inelastic drift (or displacement) response,

and (b) to develop fundamental experimental information on the hysteretic

response of reinforced concrete under simple but dynamic loadings. The test

setup was designed to fulfill these experimental objectives and provide a

physical expression of the fundamental oscillator upon which response spectra

are based.

2.2 Test Setup

2.2.1 Test Specimen

The selected test specimen configuration is shown in Fig. 2.1. The motion

of response for the test specimen may be idealized as that of an inverted

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
pendulum (Fig. 2.2). The pendulum comprised the stocky concrete panel, which

was pinned at its base, and steel weights attached near the top of the panel.

Pendulum rotation was controlled by the inelastic flexural response of the

attached reinforced concrete beam, which is analogous to a nonlinear spring.

The action of the beam is idealized (Fig. 2.3) as a nonprismatic, simply-

supported member that is subjected to a fluctuating end moment at the end

corresponding to the panel centerline. Pendulum (or system) rotation is equal

to the rotation at the panel-end of the beam.

This specimen configuration satisfied the first experimental objective

because it allowed for convenient variation of specimen strength and initial

period. Configuration variables that controlled these two parameters are shown

in Fig. 2.4. Strength was varied by changing the amount of reinforcement (As)

in the constant 4x8-in. beam cross-section. Initial period was varied by

changing the amount of attached weight (Wa), the height of the panel (r), and

the span of the beam (Ln). Two different values of strength and three

different initial periods were attained by various combinations of these

properties. Properties of the fifteen test specimens are summarized in Table

2 .1.

Three characteristics of the chosen specimen configuration provided the

simple nature of response to dynamic loading that was needed to meet the second

experimental objective. Because the specimen was statically determinate and

responded with a single degree-of-freedom, values of resistance and deformation

could be inferred directly from test measurements. Horizontal orientation of

the resisting element eliminated the need to consider the effect of axial force

on hysteretic behavior.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.2.2 Base Motions

Variation of base motion frequency content and intensity provided two more

parameters in the study of inelastic drift response. Three different base

motions (modelled after Castaic N21E 1971 [5], El Centro NS 1940 [4], and Santa

Barbara S48E 1952 [4]) were selected for the tests because of their markedly

different frequency content. Linear acceleration and displacement response

spectra for these three records normalized to 1 G peak acceleration are shown

in Fig. 2.5. The intensity of base motion was varied by arithmetic scaling of

the ordinates of the records to control the effective peak acceleration.

2.3 Experimental Plan

2.3.1 Frame of Reference

The experimental plan adopted an organization similar to that used by

Shimazaki [22] in an analytical study of inelastic drift response of

reinforced concrete systems. Three dimensionless quantities (displacement

ratio, period ratio, and strength ratio) were defined to establish a reference

frame in which the level of peak inelastic drift could be classified. These

quantities were defined as:

Displacement ratio, DR - Dra / (2.1(a))

Period ratio, TR - T0 / Tg (2.1(b))

Strength ratio, SR - Cy / (Sa / g) (2.1(c))

where,

Dm - maximum inelastic displacement response

S(j - displacement response for a linear system with period T0 and

2% of critical damping

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
T0 - effective initial period of oscillator

Tg - characteristic period of base motion-- defined as period at

which spectral energy demand (Section 4.1.1(c)) for a linear

system reaches a constant value or begins to decrease with

increasing period (Fig. 2.9)

Cy - lateral strength coefficient

- lateral load (base shear) capacity / weight

Sa - acceleration response of a linear system with period T0 and

2% of critical damping

g - acceleration of gravity.

The displacement ratio (DR) compares the peak inelastic displacement of the

oscillator to that of an elastic system with 2% damping subjected to the same

earthquake. A displacement ratio in excess of unity means that the elastic

estimate is unconservative.

The period ratio (TR) expresses the relationship between the fundamental

period of the oscillator and the characteristic frequency content of the base

motion. The characteristic period (Tg) roughly corresponds to the transition

between regions of nearly-constant acceleration and nearly-constant velocity

for an idealized elastic response spectrum.

The strength ratio (SR) relates the actual strength of the oscillator to the

strength it would need to remain elastic in a given earthquake. A strength

ratio of less than unity indicates that inelastic action is probable.

In the analytical study [22], a number of hysteresis models were employed to

compute inelastic displacement response for systems with different combinations

of period ratio and strength ratio. The results of the response calculations

indicated that, if the relation

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
8

TR + SR > 1.0

was satisfied, then

DR < 1.0,

or elastic spectral displacement approximated the peak inelastic value. The

study further suggested that, if

TR + SR < 1.0

was true, then

DR > 1.0,

or peak inelastic drift exceeded that of the similar elastic system. This

postulate is illustrated graphically in Fig. 2.6.

Because one of the objectives of the current experimental study of inelastic

drift was to test the hypothesis of the analytical study by Shimazaki, the same

three dimensionless quantities (DR, TR and SR) were chosen to organize the

experimental plan. These quantities are sufficient to account for the four

parameters of the test series: strength and initial period of the oscillator,

and base motion intensity and frequency content.

2.3.2 Design Considerations

Specimen geometry and section properties were largely controlled by the size

of the beam cross-section. The 4x8-in. section was selected to satisfy two

fundamental considerations: (a) to allow for use of conventional deformed bars

as flexural reinforcement in quantities ranging from 0.75 to 1.5%, and (b) to

allow for use of gravel (rather than coarse sand) aggregate concrete. The

selection of bar sizes, minimum beam span, and panel width followed as logical

consequences to fixing the size of the beam section. A minimum bar pattern of

two bars top and bottom was selected to allow for confinement of the core of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
9

the section. The sizes and spacing of closed stirrups were selected to satisfy

three requirements: (a) to preclude shear failure before development of

flexural failure, (b) to provide appreciable confinement to the zone of

flexural compression within the core of the section, and (c) to provide

sufficient lateral restraint to develop the capacity of the longitudinal bars

in compression. A twofold variation in section strength was then attained by

selection of #3 (nominal p - 0.79%) and #4 bars (nominal p - 1.4%) for flexural

reinforcement. Minimum beam clear span was set at 30 in. to limit shear

stresses anticipated at development of ultimate flexural capacity to a

manageable level. The panel cross-section was set at 4x30 in. to satisfy four

requirements: (a) sufficient strength to remain uncracked at development of

ultimate flexural capacity of the beam element, (b) sufficient width so that

panel contribution to overall flexibility was negligible, (c) sufficient width

to anchor beam reinforcement, and (d) side faces flush with beam for ease of

construction.

Values for initial period were estimated with the expression:

T
o
- 2* 7 ? [ (2 .2 )

where,

J - rotational inertia about the center of rotation at the panel base

1^ - beam clear span

Ec - concrete modulus of elasticity

- 4000 ksi (f'c - 5 ksi assumed)

Ig - gross moment of inertia for beam section

(4/12) * 83 - 171 in4

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
10

Lt - total span length of beam (from center of panel to center of

column)

- Ljj + 15 in.

The expression includes a constant factor of Jl, which anticipates slight

initial softening (from uncracked state) that has been perceived for many

laboratory specimens in previous studies. Three initial period values were

established by varying the amount of weight attached to the top of the panel,

the height of the panel, and the span of the beam. Computed initial periods

are summarized in Table 2.1.

Specimen strength was expressed in terms of a lateral strength coefficient

(Fig. 2.7):

Cy - Vy / Wt (2.3)

where,

Vy - lateral load capacity

- My / r

My - system moment at yield

- Myb Lfc / L jj

Myb - beam yield moment

r - distance from center of rotation to effective center of mass

- J J / Wt

Wt - total specimen weight.

Computed lateral strength coefficients are summarized in Table 2.1.

The experimental plan called for values of strength ratio (SR) ranging

between 0.1 and 0.9, and period ratios (TR) of up to 1.2 in order to test the

hypothesis from the analytical study by Shimazaki [22]. The time scale for the

earthquake records used for the tests was compressed by a factor of two to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
11

provide an appropriate match between specimen initial periods and the

characteristic periods (Tg) of the base motions. Maximum attainable base

accelerations were limited by the ± 2-in. actuator stroke limit of the

earthquake simulator (Appendix A.2.1). In order to reduce base displacements

so that the desired range of spectral accelerations could be attained, extreme

low-frequency components of the El Centro and Santa Barbara motions were

eliminated by digital filtering. Linear response spectra for the test base

motions at the compressed time scale are presented in Fig. 2.8. Design

spectral acceleration (Sa) was taken as the maximum value over the period range

defined by T0 ± 10%.

Fifteen tests with unique combinations of specimen strength, initial period

and base motion were produced. The combination of parameters for each of these

tests is summarized in Table 2.2.

Layout of the experimental plan is presented in terms of period and

strength-ratio combinations in Fig. 2.10, and summarized in Table 2.3. The

set of points shown includes two separate test runs for each of the fifteen

specimens. For each set of tests at a given period ratio, target strength

ratios were established to satisfy two requirements (where possible): (a)

provide points above, below, and near the line defined by the equation

TR + SR - 1,

and (b) at intermediate strength ratios, provide points from different test

specimens with identical period and strength ratios. The first requirement

relates directly to the test of the hypothesis by Shimazaki [22]. The second

supplied data that would provide the opportunity to consider two further

questions: (a) whether there is a unique relationship between displacement

ratio and the combination of period and strength ratios, and (b) what influence

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
12

the initial damage state has on the applicability of the hypothesis (because

one of the matching points was for an initial test run and the other for a

second).

2.4 Overview of Experimental Work

2.4.1 Test Specimen Construction

Test specimens were made of pea gravel-aggregate concrete and reinforced

with deformed steel bars and plain steel wire. Concrete compressive strength

ranged from 4000 to 6100 psi for the fifteen specimens. Two different groups

of beam reinforcement were used, both of which fit in the pattern shown in Fig.

2.11. Longitudinal bars extended from the beam across the entire width of the

panel, terminating in 90-degree hooks at each end. Closed stirrups were

provided along the entire length of longitudinal bars. Seven of the specimens

had #4 deformed (0.20 sq. in. area) longitudinal bars and No. 5 gage wire

(0.207 in. diameter) stirrups. Mean yield strengths for the #4 bars and No. 5

gage wire were 65.7 and 61.9 ksi, respectively. Beam reinforcement for the

other eight specimens consisted of #3 deformed (0.11 sq. in. area) longitudinal

bars and No. 10 gage wire (0.135 in. diameter) stirrups. Mean yield strengths

for the #3 bars and No. 10 gage wire were 59.5 and 97.1 ksi, respectively.

Panel reinforcement was provided, in the pattern shown in Fig. A.5, by #3

deformed bars with a mean yield strength of 90.3 ksi.

Specimens were cast in adjustable steel forms on a horizontal platform and

moist-cured for 10 days. Age at testing varied, as shown in the experimental

chronology (Table A.8). The base of the panel was fastened to the platform

with pillow block roller bearings, as shown in Fig. A.7. The free end of the

beam was linked to the platform by a steel pipe column with roller bearing

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
13

connections at each end (Fig. A.8). Steel plates were fastened to the top of

the panel to increase specimen rotational inertia. Diagonal braces were

installed at the panel centerline and beam end connection to restrain out-of-

plane motion.

2.4.2 Testing Procedure

Each test specimen was subjected to two earthquake simulation tests in

accordance with the experimental plan (Table 2.3). The control system was

driven by a digitized record of base displacement that was converted to analog

form at run time. Three-variable (acceleration, velocity and displacement)

servo control was used to maintain fidelity of the actuator motion to the

specified input record. Specimen dynamic response was monitored with three

types of transducers at various locations. Instrument location and orientation

is shown in Fig. A.13. Absolute acceleration and displacement relative to the

base were monitored at three elevations along the centerline of the panel.

Beam shear was monitored by a calibrated four-arm strain bridge on the steel

pipe column that supported the far end of the beam. Displacement transducers

were used to make external measurements of beam elongation at the levels of

longitudinal reinforcement within the zone of greatest anticipated inelastic

action. A number of other acceleration and displacement transducers were used

to monitor vertical and transverse response. Amplified analog output from the

transducers was digitized at a rate of 200 points per second per channel and

stored in the memory of an acquisition computer. Following a test run, the

data were transferred to a permanent storage disk and scaled to engineering

units using recorded instrument calibrations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
14

Free-vibration response of the specimen to low-amplitude excitation was

recorded to determine natural frequency before each earthquake simulation and

prior to the end of the test. Photographs and sketches of crack patterns were

made to record the progress of damage from the completion of erection through

the end of the test.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
15

CHAPTER 3

MEASURED RESPONSE OF TEST SPECIMENS

Results of earthquake-simulation and free-vibration tests are presented and

discussed in this chapter. A limited number of all the test runs was selected

for presentation in this chapter. Complete documentation of measured response

is given in Appendix C, which is available upon written request to the

Department of Civil Engineering at the University of Illinois-Urbana.

3.1 Conventions

3.1.1 Terminology

In the discussion of base motions for dynamic tests, reference signal refers

to the input signal used for control of the earthquake simulator platform

motion. These records are derived from original recordings of earthquake

ground motions [4,5] with adjustments made to the time scale and frequency

content as appropriate to this series of tests (see Section 2.3.2).

Specimen deformation was measured as displacement at various locations along

the height of the panel relative to the platform but converted to rotation in

order to correspond to idealization of the specimen as an inverted pendulum.

System rotation (or just rotation) refers to the angle turned by the panel

about its base with respect to its initial position. This quantity is also

equal to the beam rotation at the centerline of the panel. When values of

displacement response are given, they refer to relative displacement at the

effective center of mass, which was computed as the product of system rotation

and the computed centroidal radius.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
16

Specimen resistance was measured as axial load in the steel pipe column

(Fig. A.13), which gave a direct indication of shear in the beam. In keeping

with the inverted pendulum idealization, these shear data were converted to

moments. Because the beam was simply supported and subjected to constant shear

over the span, moment varied linearly from a maximum value at the panel

centerline to zero at the center of the column support. System moment refers

to the maximum moment at the panel centerline, which is equivalent to the

overall resistance of the system. System moment can also be calculated as the

product of lateral inertial force (which is deduced from absolute acceleration

response measured along the panel height) and centroidal radius. Beam moment,

as used here, refers to the moment in the beam where it intersects the panel.

This value is of interest because it relates the overall resistance of the

system to the resistance of the beam cross-section. When the term moment is

used without reference to specific location, it refers to the system (or

overall resisting) moment.

3.1.2 Sign Convention

Sign conventions were established by the layout of instrumentation (Fig.

A. 13). For measurements of horizontal motion, the positive sense pointed east

(corresponding to tension in the bottom of the beam). Thus, the natural 180-

degree phase difference between absolute acceleration and relative displacement

response was preserved. For the load-indicating dynamometer on the steel

support column, the positive sense was defined as compression (again,

corresponding to tension in the bottom of the beam). Therefore, moment

computed from beam reaction data was naturally in phase with rotation, which

was computed from relative displacement data.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
17

3.2 Base Motions

Linear spectral values central to the development of the experimental plan

(Section 2.3.2) are compared with their respective "target" values for each

test run in Table 3.1. Design spectral accelerations (Sa) corresponding to

specimen initial periods (as outlined in Section 2.3.2) were within 20% of the

target values, with a few exceptions. Values of characteristic period (Tg)

were nearly equal to their nominal values for Castaic and Santa Barbara

simulations. For El Centro tests, Tg was slightly larger than the nominal

value.

Distortion was noticeable in a number of recorded platform motions. The

comparisons in Fig. 3.1-3.3 exemplify the various types of distortion for the

three different earthquakes. Two types of comparisons are made between

examples of measured records and their respective reference signals: (a) base

acceleration histories, and (b) spectra of linear acceleration and displacement

response at a damping factor of 2%. Records were normalized to 1 g effective

peak acceleration so that direct comparison of ordinates would be valid (for

both base acceleration histories and response spectra). Normalization was

based on the ratio of spectrum intensity (defined here as the area under the

velocity spectrum for a 2% damping ratio for the period range 0.20 < T <0.60

s) of the recorded motion to spectrum intensity of the reference signal scaled

to 1 g peak acceleration. In each of the comparisons, two recorded motions are

selected that represent the low and high end of the range of intensities used

for a given earthquake that was subject to a certain class of distortion.

Base acceleration histories for Castaic simulations (Fig. 3.1(a)) lacked

obvious distortion, but, from the comparison of linear acceleration response

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
18

(Fig. 3.1(b)), it is evident that the test motions were distorted at the low-

period end of the spectrum-- most notably at periods near 0.1 s. The character

of the distortion was fairly consistent over the range of intensities for

Castaic simulations.

Two distinct classes of distortion were identified for El Centro and Santa

Barbara simulations: (a) isolated spikes in base acceleration history that

coincided with local peaks in the reference signal, and (b) consistent high-

frequency noise for the duration of base acceleration history (always occurring

in combination with the first type). Distortion to the low-period end (less

than about 0.12 s) of linear acceleration response spectra was quite evident

for each of the two forms of distortion observed in base acceleration

histories of El Centro and Santa Barbara (Fig. 3.2, 3.3). The degree of

distortion to acceleration spectra was sensitive to the intensity of the base

motion-- generally increasing with increased intensity of motion.

Appreciable distortion, when it occurred, was limited to a period range that

was bounded approximately by the low end of the range of specimen initial

periods. Further, because distortion was limited to extreme low periods,

spectral displacements were not subject to appreciable absolute deviation from

reference values-- even if deviations in spectral acceleration were very large

(Fig. 3.3(d)). In light of these considerations, it is plausible to assume

that the observed distortions in base acceleration did not significantly

influence specimen response.

3.3 Specimen Response

A typical cycle in the test sequence comprised a low-amplitude free-

vibration test followed by an earthquake simulation. In accordance with the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
19

experimental plan (Section 2.3), each specimen was subjected to at least two

typical test cycles. Response of test specimens to simulated earthquake

motions is discussed in Section 3.3.1. Free-vibration response is discussed in

Section 3.3.2.

3.3.1 Earthquake-Simulation Tests

A summary of response maxima in the first two earthquake simulations of each

test is given in Table 3.2. Response histories (Fig. 3.4-3.12) and moment-

rotation relationships (Fig. 3.16-3.24) are presented for nine selected test

runs. Response for the remainder of the test runs is documented in Appendix C.

Envelopes of moment-rotation relationships for all runs of each test are

presented in Fig. 3.28. Prominent features of the envelopes are summarized in

Table 3.4. Photographs of the beam in the vicinity of maximum moment for two

tests are presented (Fig. 3.31-3.32) to illustrate the nature and progress of

damage that was observed.

The nine tests for which response histories and moment-rotation

relationships are presented were selected on the basis of their varied

parametric composition in order to demonstrate the effect that the individual

test parameters had on the characteristics of response. The placement of the

tests in the array of experimental parameters is shown in Table 3.3.

3.3.1.1 Response Histories

Histories of platform acceleration, system moment/beam reaction response,

rotation/displacement response, and apparent response frequency for the first

24 seconds of the nine selected test runs are shown in Fig. 3.4-3.12.

Apparent frequency was defined for each half-cycle as:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
20

f - 1 / (2 * At) (3.1)

where,

f - apparent frequency

At - time between adjacent (half-cycle) rotation peaks.

Features common to all response waveforms express the characteristics of the

basic specimen configuration, while the differences in response are an

indication of the effects of the varied parametric composition of individual

specimens.

Moment and rotation waveforms were generally quite smooth, as they were

dominated by single-mode free-vibration response. Occasional intervals of

steady-state response, during which the specimen was driven at frequencies

contained in the base motion, may be observed during lapses of transient free

vibration for each of the response histories. Waveforms of moment and rotation

bear a strong resemblance, demonstrating the proportionality that is

anticipated in a system with one degree of freedom. Occasional flattening of

moment response at peaks of large-amplitude cycles, with no corresponding

disruption to the rotation waveform, indicates the attainment of yield

resistance. Where these plateaus were pronounced, significant inelastic

deformation occurred. Unlike moment response, rotation waveforms are subject

to baseline shift, signalling that permanent inelastic deformation occurred.

Histories of apparent frequency confirm many of the observations made

directly from response waveforms. The smooth, single-frequency nature of

response is supported by the coherence of the frequency response. Jumps in the

apparent frequency histories reflect intervals of steady-state response, when

the specimen was driven to respond at frequencies considerably higher than the

natural frequency. Because it is related to stiffness, apparent frequency

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
21

provides a useful gauge of the proportionality between moment and rotation

response. When apparent frequency was high (usually at the beginning of a

record, before rotation exceeded 1/2 % for the first time), the ratio of

moment to rotation was correspondingly high. Later in the record, when

apparent frequency was lower, a corresponding decrease in the ratio of moment

to rotation was observed.

The response histories also reflect the influence that the experimental

parameters had on the nature of response. The effect of variation in specimen

initial period can be observed by comparison of response histories for the

first run of Tests B-01, B-05 and B-10 (Fig. 3.4, 3.6 and 3.12). It is

evident, both by inspection of moment and rotation response waveforms and from

comparing dominant ordinates of apparent frequency histories, that specimen

initial period had a major influence on the nature of response. Apart from the

obvious differences in the rate of zero-crossings (which is directly related to

apparent frequency), the variation of specimen period also affected the

distribution of intervals of excitation. Comparison of moment response for

the first run of Tests B-02 and B-05 (Fig. 3.5, 3.6) shows the influence of

variation of specimen strength. Noting the different scales employed for the

moment axes of the two plots, it is apparent that the capacity of specimen B-05

was approximately double that of specimen B-02. Specimens with nominally

identical structural characteristics (period and strength) responded in a

unique manner to the three different base motions, as illustrated by comparison

of response during the first run of Tests B-02, B-06 and B-09 (Fig. 3.5, 3.7

and 3.11). It is evident that the Castaic record was not very effective in

exciting specimens with this combination of strength and initial period

(Cy - 0.39, T0 - 0.21 s). At the other extreme, El Centro drove a similar

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
22

system to a peak rotation of nearly 2%. All four runs of Test B-06 are shown

(Fig. 3.7-3.10) to illustrate the changing nature of response with the

progress of testing. As was the case with most other tests, residual rotation

for this specimen increased steadily with progressive testing. Apparent

frequency settled at approximately the same value for the first three runs,

changing noticeably only near the end of the fourth run.

3.3.1.2 Moment-Rotation Relationships

In theory, by plotting system (or total restoring) moment against rotation

response, stiffness and energy absorption/dissipation properties of the

specimens are represented. The reality is that accurate calculation of

stiffness and energy is threatened by the sensitivity these moment-rotation

relationships exhibit to minute flaws in synchronization between the two

signals they comprise. Before moment-rotation relationships for the nine

selected test runs are discussed, a specific case is studied to illustrate this

sensitivity and to determine the effect it is likely to have on calculated

stiffness and energy.

Time skew (or lack of synchronization) between moment and rotation signals

introduces a spurious phase shift. For each rotation point, the corresponding

restoring moment is incorrect when time skew exists. This altering of the

proper ratio between moment and rotation will cause stiffness calculations to

be inaccurate. Physically, phase shift would correspond to the presence of a

component of velocity-dependent restoring force. This means that observations

that pertain to energy absorption/dissipation will also be subject to

inaccuracies because of time skew.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
23

Digital recording of dynamic response data is accomplished by discrete

sampling (in this case, 200 per second) of analog transducer output. For

perfect synchronization to exist, all channels must be sampled simultaneously

and recorded with no differential delay. For this series of tests, three

desynchronizing mechanisms were identified: (a) differential time delay due

to filtering of selected channels (namely, only accelerations and beam

reaction), (b) serial (nonsimultaneous) sampling format of analog-to-digital

conversion boards, and (c) sampling with two separate (only approximately

synchronized) analog-to-digital conversion boards. The first two apply to all

15 tests while the last is relevant only to Tests B-02, B-03 and B-04, for

which all data were recorded with two 16-channel conversion boards installed on

separate microcomputers (see Table A.11). Evaluation of these time skew

effects is discussed in detail in Appendix B.

The effects of time skew are evident from the change in nature of the

moment-rotation relationship for an example test run (Test B-02, Run 1) as the

relative position of the time scales of the two signals is shifted

(Fig. 3.13(a)-3.13(d)). In all of the relationships presented, both moment

and rotation waveforms were digitally filtered to eliminate noise at

frequencies higher than 30 Hz. The algorithm did not affect the phase for

frequencies passing the filter.

The uncorrected moment-rotation relationship is shown in Fig. 3.13(b).

Following the procedures outlined in Appendix B, it was estimated that the

moment response signal was delayed by 6.6 msec as a result of all three

potential causes. After correcting for this delay, the relationship shown in

Fig. 3.13(c) results. Finally, in order to bracket the effects that time skew

can have on the nature of the relationship, two "caricature" examples are

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
24

presented. The relationship in Fig. 3.13(a) shows the result of delaying the

moment signal by 16.6 msec with respect to the "correct" position. In

Fig. 3.13(d), rotation has been delayed by 8.4 msec.

Even before attempting to assign values to stiffness and energy, there are

a number of clues from the physical appearance of these relationships that

indicate their sensitivity to time skew. At one extreme, with moment delayed

by nearly 17 msec from the assumed correct relationship, the appearance of the

plots in Fig. 3.13(a) suggests that energy is not preserved, as the amount

dissipated exceeds the total available for some cycles. The "buttonhook"

appearance seen at a number of unloading points is further indication of

erroneous phase shift. At the other extreme, if rotation is delayed by 8.4

msec (Fig. 3.13(d)) with respect to the data in Fig. 3.13(c), the relationship

takes on a billowy nature suggesting extremes of damping. The differences

between Fig. 3.13(b) and Fig. 3.13(c) are more subtle. The corrected data

(Fig. 3.13(c)) suggest slightly greater energy absorption and dissipation than

uncorrected data. Another important difference between the two can be observed

in the first 2 seconds of response when moment is less than 100 k-in. In the

corrected relationship, the response is seen to "return" to points of previous

unloading, which corresponds to the notion of primary behavior. In the

uncorrected relationship, as rotation passes through the values at previous

unloading, the moment is inexplicably less than it was at unloading (when the

velocity passed through zero).

It is obvious in all four cases shown for the example test run, that a

permanent decrease in overall stiffness follows the attainment of new peak

deformation. Apparent stiffness can be defined as the slope of a line joining

the peak unloading points in the negative and positive quadrants. It has been

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
25

established that time skew affects the ratio of moment to rotation thus

jeopardizing the accuracy of stiffness computations. The sensitivity of

calculated apparent stiffness to time skew for the four cases considered is

illustrated in Fig. 3.14. The comparison indicates that, while calculated

stiffness is different for all cases, the sensitivity is only significant while

peak deformations are very small-- perhaps beneath the level of cracking. The

apparent stiffness of the yielded system is quite insensitive to the postulated

range of time skew.

Energy dissipation can be calculated directly from the moment-rotation

relationships as the area under the curve for each half-cycle (for which

increments in area are negative as the system unloads). Histories of energy

dissipation by cycle for the four cases of the selected example are shown in

Fig. 3.15. This comparison indicates that calculated energy dissipation can be

extremely sensitive to time skew. For the 25 msec range considered, a factor

of 2 to 5 difference in dissipated energy is not uncommon. In many instances,

for the case where moment is delayed by 16.5 msec, negative energy dissipation

is calculated.

The preceding example illustrates the sensitivities of apparent stiffness

and energy dissipation computed from moment-rotation relationships to minute

changes in synchronization of the two signals. It was seen that stiffness

displayed only limited sensitivity while, on the other hand, energy

dissipation demands much finer synchronization in order to be valid. For this

reason, though the corrections derived in Appendix B are not arbitrary, energy

calculations from moment-rotation relationships were considered to be of

limited value. With confidence that estimates of stiffness are much more

reliable, the development and analysis of moment-rotation relationships was of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
26

some utility to Chapter 6, where the basic correlations of the substitute-

structure method [21] are examined in light of the results of the current set

of tests. Further, the value of these moment-rotation relationships as a

general indicator of the nature and extent of hysteretic response and the

effects of experimental parameters is rather insensitive to the issue of

synchronization just discussed.

Having thus established the limits of their usefulness, moment-rotation

relationships for the nine selected test runs are shown in Fig. 3.16-3.24 (note

that the corrected version of Test B-02, Run 1 is repeated from Fig. 3.13(c) of

the preceding sensitivity study). With this sampling of nine runs from among a

total of 44, moment-rotation relationships will be examined with two

objectives. The first is to discern similarities and check their

correspondence with what is already understood about hysteretic behavior. The

second is to take advantage of the collection data for similar, rudimentary,

dynamic systems to check the influence that the experimental parameters

(initial period, strength and base motion) had on the nature of hysteretic

response.

Close examination of the shape of moment-rotation relationships for first

runs suggests trilinear primary response with breakpoints at first cracking

and first yield. The moment-rotation plots make it possible to observe the

extent of inelastic action that a specimen sustained. It is apparent that

yielding occurred in all of the examples presented here except for the first

run of Test B-06. A small inelastic excursion in the first run of Test B-09 is

evident from the rounded shape of the relationship at unloading points

(suggesting that a "break" occurred before velocity reached zero) in the

positive quadrant from 4-6 sec. The nature of dynamic primary response as

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
27

represented by envelopes to the full moment-rotation response is discussed

further in Section 3.3.1.3.

Rotation baseline shifts observed in most of the response histories are

explained by the shape of moment-rotation relationships. Where cycles cf large

primary inelastic deformation occurred, it can be observed that rotation

response was unsymmetric (with the exception of the fourth run of Test B-06

(Fig. 3.22), which was nearly steady-state response) with the larger value

occurring in the first half of the cycle. By the end of the first half of the

cycle, the system had dissipated a large portion of the energy imparted to it

from the base, so it was not able to return to the same peak potential in the

opposite quadrant without further excitation.

The relationships reflect the permanent decrease in stiffness that is

anticipated with the establishment of each new peak rotation amplitude. The

slope of a line joining the peak rotation points in each quadrant serves as an

indicator of the stiffness of the softened system. Examples of the change in

apparent stiffness with mean of peak rotations in each quadrant for five of the

test runs are shown in Fig. 3.25.

The moment-rotation relationship for softened response exhibits "pinching"

(temporary stiffness drop between unloading and reloading followed by

stiffening/softening reloading). As the pinching system cycles ata given

amplitude, it absorbs (and thus dissipates) much less energy than it did during

the primary excursion to that same amplitude. Because the change in energy

absorption is large, it is not immediately clear whether the corresponding

decrease in energy dissipation impacts the ability of the system to attenuate

response. In this regard, the most noteworthy consequence of pinching is the

effect it has on recovered energy (that which is converted to kinetic during

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
28

unloading). Examples of this effect for the first runs of Tests B-02 and B-05

are shown in Fig. 3.26, 3.27, which are plots of the fraction of total energy

(internal + complementary) recovered during the peak and subsequent cycles

versus the fraction of peak double-amplitude attained. The plots indicate that

the energy recovery ratio (which would equal 1/2 for a linear elastic system)

is a minimum for the peak cycle and that it trends consistently higher for

smaller-amplitude cycles. This suggests that pinching causes a system to

convert relatively more of the available energy to kinetic, thus decreasing the

ability to attenuate response.

An example of the influence of variation of initial period on hysteretic

response is provided by comparison of the first runs of Tests B-01, B-05 and B-

10 (Fig. 3.16, 3.18 and 3.24). Moment-rotation response for Tests B-05 and B-

10 was quite similar. That the relationship for B-01 differs from these two,

reflects the effect that varied initial period (or its relation to the

characteristic frequency content of the base motion) had on the level of

response rather than on the nature of hysteretic behavior. Examination of the

change in apparent stiffness with peak rotation amplitude for these three runs

gives a direct indication of the influence of initial period variation. The

initial values of apparent stiffness corresponded to the ordering that would be

anticipated on the basis of initial period. At larger rotations (beyond 3/4 %)

the stiffness of B-01 approached that of B-05 and B-10.

The influence of strength variation on hysteretic response can be observed

by comparing the first runs of Tests B-02 and B-05. But, because the moment-

rotation relationships (Fig. 3.17, 3.18) are plotted to different moment

scales, direct comparison is difficult. The initial apparent stiffness for B-

02 is considerably higher than for B-05 (Fig. 3.25), though the nominal initial

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
29

stiffness was the same. After yield, the stronger section (B-05) retains a

higher stiffness for a given deformation, as would be expected. That the

twofold difference in strength between these specimens is not reflected in

apparent stiffness until rotations of about 1%, is an indication of the

difference in yield deformation for the two specimens. It is tempting to

compare the effect that pinching has on energy recovery for the two tests as

well (Fig. 3.26-3.27), because such a comparison suggests markedly different

behavior. Further, the difference correlates well to the notion that bar slip

participates in the pinching mechanism. But in light of the demonstrated

sensitivity of energy calculations to time skew, such a comparison cannot be

taken at face value. This is especially true for these two tests because the

strategies for time-skew correction were significantly different (Appendix B).

The work done on a single-degree-of-freedom system by shaking at the base is

given by

Be ■ ■ i J y x dt (3.2)

where,

m - mass of the system

y(t) - base acceleration history

x(t) - relative velocity response history.

The base motion is assumed to be independent of the system it excites. The

velocity response reflects the dissipative nature of the system. While the

base motion certainly influences the level of response (by its direct

involvement in work done on the system), it is uncoupled from the relative

velocity response (and thus the mechanical behavior) of the system. By

comparing moment-rotation relationships for the first run of Test B-02, B-06

and B-09 (Fig. 3.17, 3.19 and 3.23), it is apparent that the level of response

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
30

was influenced by the properties of the base motion, but this is just as

obvious from a comparison of peak amplitudes in the rotation response

histories.

3.3.1.3 Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes

Envelopes to moment-rotation relationships (Fig. 3.28) for all runs of each

test were derived by filtering the full response to retain only points that

defined a new peak rotation in each quadrant. The envelope for Test B-03 was

omitted because attempts at correction for time skew (Appendix B) were

unsatisfactory. The envelopes reflect trilinear primary behavior with well-

defined (in most cases) breakpoints at cracking and yield, and a small positive

post-yield slope. Approximate values of cracking moment, yield moment, yield

rotation and maximum moment inferred from the envelopes are listed in Table 3.4

along with peak rotation and apparent rotation ductility for each run. Because

it is expected that the total restoring moment included a velocity-dependent

component, the envelopes will generally indicate higher capacity than for an

identical system subjected to static reversed loading. Points in the envelopes

recorded at near-zero velocity (those nearest the point of reversal for a well-

defined cycle) are an exception to this dynamic effect and offer an approximate

reference by which to gauge the magnitude of capacity elevation.

Static estimates of system yield and maximum moments for each specimen are

compared with values inferred from the dynamic envelopes (Table 3.4) in Fig.

3.29, 3.30. Calculated capacities were based on measured section and material

properties (Table A.l, A.2, A.4, and A.6). In addition, the following

assumptions were made:

a. Strain distribution was linear with depth,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
31

b. Concrete carried no tension,

c. Steel stress-strain relationship (determined from tensile tests) was

symmetric through the origin,

d. For the yield condition, concrete stress distribution was parabolic,

with maximum stress occurring at a strain of 0.002 [9],

e. A reasonable bound to maximum capacity of a symmetrically-reinforced

section is given by

«max “ As * fs' * (d - d') (3.3)

where,

Mmax “ maximum section capacity

As - area of steel at top or bottom

fs' - maximum tensile strength of steel

d-d' - distance between centers of steel layers.

Apparent moment at yield exceeded the static estimate in all cases (Fig.

3.29). The ratio of apparent to calculated yield moment ranged from 1.09

(specimen B-06(+)) to 1.23 (specimen B-04(-)), with a mean of 1.17 for both

reinforcement ratios. This elevation of yield capacity with respect to the

static estimate is evidence of the presence of velocity-dependent restoring

moment. Velocity at yield can be sensed from the envelopes by the spacing

between readings (which were acquired at constant time intervals) when first

yield is followed by significant inelastic deformation in the same cycle. Four

such examples suggest high velocity at yield- B-02(-) (Fig. 3.28(b)), B-04(-)

(Fig. 3.28(c)), B-05(+) (Fig. 3.28(d)), and B-10(+) (Fig. 3.28(i)). The

average ratio for these cases was 1.20.

The suggested upper-bound moment estimate (Eq. 3.3) exceeded peak response

moment in all cases (Fig. 3.30). Because of the erratic nature of earthquake

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
32

loading, it cannot be presumed that a specimen will reach its ultimate capacity

during the course of dynamic response. Because of this uncertain definition of

capacity, greater dispersion in measured values (relative to those at yield)

can be observed. Nonetheless, peak response moments for specimens with heavier

reinforcement are clustered around a ratio to the calculated bound (0.80) that

is noticeably smaller than for specimens with lighter reinforcement (0.90).

The formulation of static upper bound moment depended only on the strength of

the steel and section geometry. That the estimate becomes more conservative

for higher reinforcement ratios, is an indication that the formulation is

insensitive to the corresponding increase in demand on the concrete in the

section.

For specimens with lighter reinforcement (p - 0.0079), the peak response

moment exceeded calculated static yield capacity by an average of 31%, with a

maximum of 42%. The increase for specimens with heavier reinforcement (p -

0.014) had an average value of 23% and an extreme of 33%. For both strength

types, the average increase would be reasonably approximated by the 25%

allowance for strain-hardening that is prescribed in building codes [2,3,11],

An upper bound to capacity enhancement from strain-hardening could be estimated

by the ratio of tensile strength to yield stress of the reinforcement. For

this series of tests, this ratio was 1.50 for #3 bars and 1.55 for #4.

Consideration of the probable flexural capacity is most critical in the design

for shear resistance of lightly reinforced flexural elements with high span to

depth ratio.

3.3.1.4 Recorded Damage

Patterns of observed damage were sensitive to variations of span length and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
33

strength for the constant 4 x 8-in. beam section. Similarities in the damage

patterns of all specimens indicated that the detailing was sufficient to

provide tough flexural and shear response.

The influence of varied span length is illustrated by the difference in the

spread of cracking away from the panel face for specimens B-01 (Fig. 3.31 (a))

and B-10 (Fig. 3.31 (b)), which had equal reinforcement but different spans (30

and 42 in., respectively). The maximum beam moment during the first run of

these two tests was approximately equal (Table 3.2). But because the gradient

in the longer span was lower, cracking for B-10 extended farther into the span.

The influence of strength variation can be observed by comparing the damage

patterns for equal-sized specimens that had different amounts of reinforcing.

The stronger specimen (Fig. 3.32 (a)), which had parametric composition similar

to specimen B-01, exhibits more pronounced diagonal cracking than was observed

in the weaker specimen, B-ll (Fig. 3.32 (b)). Estimated shear stress for the

stronger section was 4ff'c , while for the weaker specimen it was only 2J f c ,

which is correlated to the threshold of diagonal cracking [2]. Distributed

cracking within the anchorage zone was more prevalent in the stronger section,

indicating an increase in bond stress demand that is anticipated for larger-

diameter bars.

Damage to both of the specimens shown in Fig. 3.32 represents the extreme of

what was observed in this test series. The base motions used for the final

runs of these tests were designed to encourage resonant response so that

behavior at very large drifts could be observed. Both sections exhibited

considerable spalling of shell concrete in the beam near the intersection with

the panel. Spalling resulted from a combination of large flexural compressive

strains and longitudinal splitting that was caused by dowel action of flexural

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
34

reinforcement (suggested by the residual transverse offset exhibited for bars

of both sections). The capacity of the specimens for tough flexural and shear

response under repeated cycling to large drift was confirmed by the fact that

no appreciable strength reductions were observed in either the primary

envelopes (Fig. 3.28) or the full moment-rotation relationships (Appendix C).

The large blocks of core concrete that remain intact after extensive large-

amplitude cycling (Fig. 3.32) attest to the benefits of proper detailing

considerations for shear [28] (stirrup spacing used for all specimens was equal

to 1/4 of the estimated effective depth).

3.3.2 Free-Vibration Tests

Free-vibration tests preceded each earthquake simulation to record the

natural frequency and damping (from logarithmic decrements) of specimens for

small-amplitude motion. The test procedure is described in Section A.2.2.

Frequency and damping ratios (Table 3.5) were determined graphically from

relative displacement waveforms that were recorded on a calibrated strip chart

recorder.

The shift in natural frequency as a result of the initial earthquake

simulation ranged from 33 to 64% with an average decrease of 53%. The

frequency shift after two runs (with respect to initial) ranged from 38 to 75%

with an average value of 63%. Measured initial (before run 1) frequencies are

compared with calculated values for uncracked sections in Fig. 3.33. In

addition, the dotted line represents effective initial frequencies (f0) that

were assumed for the experimental plan (Section 2.3.2):

f0 " fi / 72 (3.4)

where,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
35

f0 - effective initial frequency - 1/T0

T0 - effective initial period (Section 2.3.2)

fi - initial frequency for uncracked section.

All but one measured value fell between the calculated uncracked and effective

initial frequency estimates. The average ratio of measured initial to

uncracked frequency decreased with increasing frequency. The average ratio

was 0.95, 0.91 and 0.85 for specimens with T0 of 0.14, 0.21 and 0.25 s,

respectively.

Damping ratios ranged from 1 to 4% with an average of about 2.5% before the

first earthquake simulation. As in the case of frequency, the largest change

in damping ratio occurred as a result of the first earthquake simulation.

Damping ratios from free-vibration response generally increased with decreasing

frequency. If it is assumed that damping is constant for small amplitudes of

response, the damping constant can be computed as

c-4jr*f*/9*m (3.5)

where,

c - damping constant

f - measured frequency

0 - measured damping ratio

m - specimen mass.

The variation of measured damping ratio with the product of mass and measured

frequency for all free-vibration tests is shown in Fig. 3.34. The damping

constant that gives the best reciprocal fit to the data is c - 0.031 kip-s/in.

3.4 Summary of Response

Fifteen statically determinate, single-degree-of-freedom test specimens with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
36

varied parametric composition (initial period, strength and base motion) were

subjected to from two to four dynamic test cycles (small-amplitude free

vibration followed by earthquake simulation) for the purpose of recording

dynamic inelastic response of reinforced concrete systems to earthquake

loadings.

The inverted pendulum specimen configuration was successful in isolating

inelastic action in the simply-supported beam. Tabulation of peak resistance,

coupled with analysis of observed damage, showed the beams to be capable of

tough flexural response for drifts ranging from 0.5 to 4.7%, with no indication

of capacity loss due to either shear or bond failures.

Flexural yield occurred during the first earthquake simulation for all but

five of the tests, for which yield occurred in the second run. For tests in

which yield occurred in the first run, the average peak rotation ductility was

1.8. In later runs, maximum rotation ductility ranged from 1.3 to 6.4.

The three different earthquake records, selected for their varied frequency

content, were effective in producing unique responses for similar systems. Of

the three, El Centro proved to be the most persistent in exciting specimens to

respond inelastically, while Castaic had a tendency to be selective. That all

five of the cases for which anticipated yield did not occur involved the

Castaic and Santa Barbara records, is a reflection of the relative experimental

inexperience with these records in contrast to El Centro, which has been used

extensively.

Relationships between restoring moment and rotation response reflected the

nature of primary and hysteretic response and indicated the presence of

velocity-dependent forces. The scope of observations made from moment-rotation

relationships was tempered by the recognition that they were sensitive to small

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
37

errors in synchronization of recorded signals. Dynamic primary envelopes

exhibited well-defined breakpoints of cracking and yield for most cases. The

presence of velocity-dependent forces caused apparent yield capacity to exceed

static estimates by an average of 17%. Softened response was marked by a

"pinching" behavior that caused a larger fraction of available energy to be

converted into kinetic energy, thus inhibiting the damping capacity of the

specimens. Maximum moment response exceeded static yield estimates by 31% for

sections with #3 flexural reinforcement, and by 23% for those with #4 bars.

Peak moments were effectively bounded by a static upper bound based on the

tensile strength of the reinforcement.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
38

CHAPTER 4

ANALYSIS OF MEASURED DISPLACEMENT RESPONSE

One objective of the experimental parametric study of drift was to evaluate

a specific dimensionless approach to classification of drift response that was

adopted in an analytical study by Shimazaki [22]. By the experimental plan

(Section 2.3.1), test variables were arranged within this presupposed

organizational frame. But because an analytical truth cannot be presumed

relevant to experimental findings, an unbiased study of measured displacement

response is first undertaken. Without such a general analysis, organization of

response data would gravitate to the underlying scheme-- masking any

relationship that might exist to alternative expressions of the basic

variables.

Though not always rigorously so, the attempts here to organize response data

are guided by the principles of formal dimensional analysis or, more

specifically, by Buckingham's theorem [14]. Two considerations necessitate

departures from straightforward application. First, it is important to realize

beforehand the inherent futility of applying dimensional analysis to the

problem of nonlinear response to earthquake loadings if a universal solution

is sought. Because of the random nature of earthquake waveforms and the

complex form of hysteretic action, the named variables will be weak

representatives of their associated phenomena. Dimensional analysis will

organize by combination, but not improve, the declared variables. Second, not

all of the dimensionless products that would result from a formal approach are

of familiar physical meaning. In addition to the objective of organizing drift

response, it is further hoped that the effective parameters would be of some

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
39

use for design.

4.1 Naming of Variables

Adopting the mass system of measurement (where M denotes mass, L denotes

length, and T denotes time), a total of seven variables are assumed to enter

the problem. These are listed below with their corresponding units.

1 . Measured maximum displacement

response, Dm (dependent variable) [L]

2. Specimen strength, V [MLT'2]


*>
u. Specimen stiffness, k [MT'2]

4. Specimen mass, m [M]

5. Earthquake characteristic amplitude, ag [LT-2]

6. Earthquake characteristic period, Tg [T]

7. Acceleration of gravity, g [LT'2]

While g is constant, it is included in the variable list, in lieu of specifying

its numerical value, so that all dimensionless products formed from the named

variables will be dimensionally homogeneous.

4.1.1 Evaluation of Fundamental Variables

The relatively small number of variables selected to represent such complex

phenomena as inelastic material response and earthquake waveform suggests that

a certain degree of idealization is required. In the following paragraphs,

plausible definitions of these "negotiable" variables are formed. Numerical

values of each variable (Table 4.1), while of no interest in formal dimensional

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
40

analysis, are given to support the study of dependence of drift on dimensional

quantities (Section 4.3). It is to be emphasized that, because of

idealizations made in their formulation, these numerical values are only useful

as a gauge of the relative effects of variables in the comparisons of Fig. 4.3-

4.5.

(a) Specimen Strength

From the results of Section 3.3.1.3, it is apparent that specification of a

single value to express the strength of a specimen is not possible. The

resistance at yield was dependent on response velocity, and the post-yield

resistance varied with deformation amplitude. Recognizing that these

variations cannot be expressed with a single value, the strength is taken as

the computed static yield resistance of the specimen:

V - Vy - My/r (4.1)

where,

Vy - lateral resistance at yield

My - system moment at yield (Table 2.1)

r - centroidal radius (Table 2.1).

(b) Specimen Stiffness

Because the response of a similar linear system to an identical earthquake

provides a useful reference for the evaluation of nonlinear response, the value

of stiffness is selected to represent the effective initial condition of the

specimen:

k - k0 - ki/2 (4.2)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
41

where,

kQ - effective initial stiffness (reduced by a factor of 2 from the

initial to account approximately for anticipated softening due to

shrinkage and handling cracks)

kj - stiffness corresponding to gross uncracked section

3EI L 1
_ __ g_£ * _
T2 2
L r
n

E - secant modulus of concrete deduced from cylinder compressive tests

- 47 Jl'c [ksi]

fc - concrete cylinder compressive strength [psi] (Table A.4)

Ig — nominal gross-section moment of inertia

- (4 * 83)/12 - 171 in4

Lt - total span length of beam

Lji - clear span length of beam

r - centroidal radius.

(c) Earthquake Characteristics

By making an analogy to the much simpler problem of response of a system to

harmonic loading, a model is provided to guide the selection of appropriate

variables to describe the characteristics of the earthquake motion. In the

analogous problem, the amplitude and period are sufficient for a complete

description of the forcing wave (if its shape is known). Because no physical

law exists that can express the earthquake motion as a unique function of time,

it is assumed that consideration of a few more than these two variables would

not make characterization of the virtually random waveform any more complete.

It is thus concluded that description of the earthquake motion by

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
42

characteristic amplitude and period represents the maximum justifiable effort.

The inaccuracy inherent to idealizing such an erratic function as harmonic is

compounded by the realization that definitions of these characteristics are not

fixed.

The characteristic amplitude of the earthquake was taken as:

ag - a(max)

where,

a(max) - effective peak base acceleration deduced from measured

platform motion (Section 3.2).

Because effective peak acceleration provides a reference for amplification at

any natural period, it is arguably the least arbitrary amplitude.

A characteristic period (Tg) can be defined from the spectrum of linear

energy response. Spectral energy response is expressed asan equivalent

relative velocity for an oscillator with unit mass:

Se “ J2iT (4.3)

where,

Se — linear spectral energy response

Em - maximum value of Et.ot(t) over the duration of response

Etot(c) ” total mechanical energy at time t

- (kinetic at time t) + (potential at time t)

- (accumulated loss to damping up to time t).

Generalizations about the shape of the energy spectrum follow from the

realization that spectral energy must be related to the product of spectral

values of absolute acceleration and relative displacement response (Fig. 4.1),

especially if maxima are set early (before significant accumulation of losses

to damping). In this light, it is plausible to assume that the general shape

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
43

of the energy spectrum for any earthquake motion would be characterized by an

initial region of steadily increasing energy response followed by a nearly

constant or decreasing trend with increasing period.

Shimazaki noted that the linear energy response spectrum can be used as an

indicator of the displacement demand of a yielding system [22]. Where linear

energy response increases with lengthening period, a corresponding increase in

displacement (or ductility) demand of the yielding system is suggested. On the

other hand, if spectral energy is constant or decreases with lengthening

period, the anticipated inelastic displacement demand is not so high. The role

of the characteristic period then is to provide a datum that will indicate the

approximate period where this fundamental change in energy response occurs.

Characteristic period (Tg) is defined from the point of intersection of two

line segments that bound the linear energy spectrum for a damping ratio of

0.10 (Fig. 4.2) [22]. The first line (OA) extends from the origin to bound the

initial portion of the spectrum, where energy increases with period. The

second line (BB) has constant value equal to the peak ordinate of the energy

spectrum.

4.1.2 Combination of Fundamental Variables

Additional familiar quantities relevant to the present study can be

formulated from the original seven variables named in Section 4.1. Unless the

functional combination involves products of powers, dimensional analysis will

not construct it from among the set of supplied variables. Spectral quantities

are an example of an important function that would be ignored in an exclusively

formal analysis. In addition, some simpler functions that are part of the

vocabulary of seismic design (such as period and lateral strength coefficient)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
44

deserve more emphasis than they are likely to get from their indirect

formulation as part of dimensionless products. The following paragraphs then

circumvent the formal process by providing explicit formulations of these

special quantities. Subject to the same disclaimers as for the fundamental

variables in Section 4.1.1, the numerical values of each of the derived

variables are catalogued in Table 4.1.

(a) Natural Period

As in the case of stiffness, the manner in which the natural period will

change with inelastic response cannot be predetermined. An effective initial

period (T0) then is defined directly from the mass and assumed effective

stiffness (Eq. 4.2) as:

Tq - 2jt J ^ / T 0 (4.4)

(b) Lateral Strength Coefficient

In design, it is conventional to express lateral resistance as a fraction of

the weight of the system:

C - Vy/W (4.5)

where,

C - lateral strength coefficient

W - weight

- mg

It is probable that C would be formed as one of the dimensionless products in a

formal dimensional analysis. But in this discussion, because of its prominent

role as a design parameter and its anticipated use as an individual quantity in

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
45

the formation of other dimensionless products, C will be grouped with the other

dimensional quantities.

(c) Specimen Yield Deformation

A value of yield displacement that corresponds to the assumed values of

yield resistance and effective stiffness is given by

Dy - Vy / kQ (4.5)

Because the expression has units of length, it will be used in conjunction with

measured displacement response to form a dimensionless product that is

equivalent to the displacement ductility ratio.

(d) Spectrum Intensity

Because spectrum intensity is defined as the area under the spectrum of

linear relative velocity response between certain period limits [10], its value

will be sensitive to both the characteristic amplitude (a(max)) and

characteristic period (Tg) of the earthquake. The period limits have been

changed from the original definition to account for the compressed time scale

and to exclude uncharacteristic distortion. By basing spectrum intensity on

the area under the velocity spectrum for recorded platform motions at a

damping ratio of 0.02 for periods in the range 0.1 < T <0.8 s, the unique

nature of each of the three records is captured and the effects of short-period

distortion (Section 3.2) and long-period filtering are omitted.

Spectrum intensity, being the product of velocity and period, has units of

length. Its utility in forming a dimensionless product with measured

displacement is discussed in Section 4.2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
46

(e) Linear Response

The response of a linear system to a given earthquake furnishes a reference

by which to gauge the response of an initially similar yielding system. Linear

response for a specified oscillator combines all of the variables except

specimen strength (Vy). Absolute acceleration response of the linear system

(Sa) has the units [LT-2] and is thus an alternative expression of the

earthquake amplitude that is specific to an oscillator with period T0. Linear

relative displacement response (S<j) has units of length and is therefore a

useful quantity for normalization of measured displacement response.

In light of the fluctuating nature of linear response spectra, a smoothing

process [20] was used to reduce the sensitivity of spectral acceleration

response to the assumed initial period. Linear relative displacement response

was computed as a function of the ordinate from the smoothed acceleration

spectrum and the assumed period:

SJ ^ * S T2 (4.6)
d . 2. a o
4jt

where,

S(j - relative displacement response for a linear oscillator with period

T0 and damping at 2% of critical

Sa - absolute acceleration response from smoothed linear spectrum

T0 - effective initial period.

4.2 Dimensionless Products

Recall from the opening discussion of Section 4.1 that seven variables were

assumed to participate in the problem of drift response of yielding reinforced

concrete systems to earthquake loading. These seven quantities are expressed

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
47

in three fundamental dimensions (mass, length and time). Buckingham's "Pi"

theorem for dimensional analysis states that the number of dimensionless

products that will form a complete set is equal to the number of variables

minus the number of fundamental dimensions required to express the variables

[14]. For the current problem then, there are four dimensionless products that

will account for all of the variables without duplication.

There is no unique formulation of the dimensionless products in a complete

set. Consequently, it is possible that some dimensionless products may be

derived that are either trivial (such as ag/g) or lacking obvious physical

significance (such as V/gkTg^). The dimensionless products that make up the

complete set having maximal physical significance are listed in general form

below. In addition, specific formulations that are considered in Section 4.3

are described.

1. Displacement ratio-- expresses the dependent variable (Dm) as normalized

by one of the following quantities, which have units of length:

(a) Yield deformation, Dy" the ratio (Dm/Dy) is an expression of

displacement ductility

(b) Linear relative displacement response, S^-- the ratio (D^S^)

compares measured response with that of a linear system with the same

initial period and a damping ratio of 0.02

(c) Spectrum intensity, S.I.-- the ratio (Dm/S.I.) is an expression of

displacement response normalized by a general measure of the intensity and

bandwidth of the earthquake.

2. Strength ratio-- the quotient of the lateral strength coefficient (C)

and one of the following measures of earthquake amplitude:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
48

(a) Effective peak acceleration, a(max)-- the ratio Cg/a(max)

expresses the effective amplification of the yielding system

(b) Linear absolute acceleration response, Sa-- the ratio Cg/Sa

compares available strength with that demanded of a linear system with the

same initial period and a damping ratio of 0.02.

3. Period ratio-- the relationship (T0/Tg) of specimen natural period to

the characteristic period of the earthquake motion, which is an indirect

reflection of the energy demanded of a linear system with the same initial

period.

4. Lateral strength coefficient-- grouped with dimensional variables

(Section 4.1.2 (b)).

The dependence of various expressions for drift response on selected

independent variables and associated dimensionless products is investigated in

Section 4.3.

4.3 Relationship of Drift Response to Test Variables

In this section the dependence of drift response on salient forms of the

independent variables is investigated. Four expressions of displacement

response (Dm , Dm/Dy, Dm/Sd and Dm/S.I.) are plotted against each independent

quantity (Fig. 4.3-4.5). Independent variable expressions are separated into

three groups. Specimen strength (represented by the dimensionless coefficient

C) and dimensional measures of earthquake intensity (a(max) and Sa) are

included in Fig. 4.3. Specimen effective initial period (T0) and the

characteristic period of earthquake motion (Tg) are evaluated in Fig. 4.4.

Dimensionless products that correspond to strength ratio (Cg/a(max) and Cg/Sa)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
49

and period ratio (T0/Tg) are included in Fig. 4.5.

Nearly all of the plots for the first two groups of independent variables

(Fig. 4.4, 4.5) exhibit too much scatter to imply a basis for organization.

There was an apparent trend for measured displacement response (Dm) to increase

with earthquake intensity (both a(max) and Sa), but the large scatter reflects

the participation of other variables (Fig. 4.3(b), 4.3(c)).

The ratio of measured drift to linear response (Dm/S,j) was fairly

insensitive to all of the variables considered. In the first two groups of

plots, scatter for this displacement ratio was noticeably less than for the

other dependent variable expressions. This consistent insensitivity suggests a

constant relationship between measured nonlinear and linear spectral

displacement response in the domain of the test variables. The plot of the

displacement ratio Dm/S(j against actual rotation ductility ratios from Table

3.4 at once tests the generality of the suggested relationship and categorizes

the scatter (Fig. 4.6). The range of scatter is set by runs for which little

or no inelastic action occurred. The amount of scatter appears to be much less

for higher ductility ratios, but there are not enough cases to justify such a

generalization. Nonetheless, the plot of Fig. 4.6 does not suggest sensitivity

of Dja/S^ to measured displacement ductility. Displacement ratio expressed as

Dm/Sd is discussed further in Chapter 5.

The remaining three displacement quantities (Dm , Dm/Dy and Dm/S.I.) are seen

to decrease with increasing strength ratio (Fig. 4.5(a), (b), (d), (e), (j),

(k)). Of these relationships, the plot of Dm/Dy against Cg/Sa (Fig. 4.5(e))

has the least scatter. This relationship is presented in alternative fashion

by inverting the strength ratio in Fig. 4.7. The data for the first plot

(Fig. 4.7(a)) are direct transformations of those for Fig. 4.5(e). The second

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
50

plot (Fig. 4.7(b)) replaces computed ductility ratios with values deduced from

primary envelopes (Table 3.4). Though the reliability of both plots would be

much improved had there been more data for intermediate strength ratios, the

suggested relationship can be adequately described with a linear fit. From the

relationship in Fig. 4.7(a), it is apparent that a slope of 1.0 would nearly

bound the ductility ratio, while an average fit is given by a slope of 0.83.

But it is important to note that the relationship is quite sensitive to

assumptions concerning effective stiffness and smoothing of response spectra.

Without changing the smoothing algorithm, if stiffness was based on uncracked

sections, the bounding slope would increase to 2.0. In this light, while it is

plausible to assume a linear relationship between displacement ductility and

understrength ratio for design, the proportionality constant must be qualified

by prescribed section efficiencies.

In Section 4.1.1(c), the use of energy response spectra for linear systems

as an indicator of ductility demand was discussed. Shimazaki recognized the

need to consider strength with this rationale [22]. The need to consider

strength is confirmed by the inability of period ratio (T0/Tg) to organize

displacement ductility (Fig. 4.5(f)), which follows directly from the strong

dependence on strength observed in Fig. 4.5(e) that was discussed in the

preceding paragraph.

The organization of drift response normalized by spectrum intensity

(Dm/S.I.) is improved when the dimensionless period ratio (T0/Tg) replaces

initial period (T0) as the independent variable (Fig. 4.5 ( 2 ) ,4.4(g)). That the

ratio Dm/S.I. increases steadily with increasing period ratio, is an expression

of the nearly constant value that was observed for many of the relationships

involving the ratio Dfj/S^. Because spectrum intensity normalizes the drift

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
51

data by the size of the earthquake without bias toward a particular period, the

shape of the plot in Fig. 4.5(i) represents a dimensionless mean of

displacement spectra for the base motions used in the tests.

4.4 Summary

An informal dimensional analysis was undertaken to study the dependence of

measured displacement response on test variables. Independent variables were

named to describe the strength and stiffness of a specimen as well as the

intensity and characteristic period of the earthquake. It was noted that a

universally applicable equation for drift response with the number of variables

considered should not be anticipated. Dimensional analysis is a tool of

organization, not of solution. It cannot be expected to solve a problem unless

the selected variables are adequate to produce a unique functional

relationship. The complex mechanical properties of a hysteretic system and the

practically random nature of earthquake motion preclude full problem definition

when the number of variables named is kept small.

Dimensional analysis principles provided an organized medium within which

the influence of the test variables could be evaluated without bias toward

preconceived approaches. An array of comparisons between four alternative

expressions of the dependent variable (measured displacement response) and

three groups of independent variables (8 total) was presented (Fig. 4.3-4.5).

Dimensional forms of independent variables (including lateral strength

coefficient) were found to be ineffective organizers of measured response

because they exclude the interaction of all other variables.

From the relative insensitivity of the ratio D^S^ to all of the

independent variables, a nearly constant relationship between measured

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
52

displacement response and that of a related linear system was suggested. This

relationship will be studied further in Chapter 5.

Displacement ductility (Dm/Dy) was inversely proportional to strength ratio

expressed in terms of linear acceleration response (Cg/Sa). It was further

noted that the constant of proportionality is sensitive to assumptions

regarding stiffness and design spectral acceleration.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
53

CHAPTER 5

GENERALIZING THE EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS IN RELATION TO LINEAR RESPONSE SPECTRA

Linear response calculations furnish a tangible reference from which the

response of a yielding system can be appreciated [17,22,27], In the

development of guidelines for estimating drift, the linear reference provides a

medium that violates neither the mechanical composition of the phenomenon nor

the proportionality of result to labor.

The analysis of Chapter 4 suggested a nearly constant relationship between

measured displacement response and the calculated response of a similar linear

system. The objectives of this chapter are to establish the relationship

between computed linear and measured displacement response for the first two

runs of each test, and to evaluate a dimensionless approach [22] to the

classification of nonlinear drift response that relies on linear spectral

quantities for a basis.

5.1 Idealized Linear Response

The earthquake motions used in this test series were selected to provide a

reasonably wide range of frequency contents. By comparing linear acceleration

response for the three records scaled to the same spectral peak (Fig. 5.1), it

is apparent that frequency content varies both locally (for a given record) and

in a gross sense (from record to record). It is the gross variation that was

of interest as a parameter in the study because the accuracy of period

estimates seldom justifies exclusive consideration of specific spectral peaks

or valleys. In this light and because the scope of observations should not be

limited to earthquake motions with spectral shapes matching one of the test

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
54

records, response spectra for the three base motions were represented in

idealized form.

Idealized linear displacement spectra for damping at 2% of critical were

derived using a procedure described by Shimazaki [22] as augmented by Schultz

[20]. Because distortion observed in recorded platform motions was limited to

the extreme low-period end of the spectra (Section 3.2), idealizations were

based on the reference signals for each of the three base motions. In

addition, it was assumed that the effective peak base acceleration (Table 3.2)

was appropriate to scale spectral ordinates. Idealized spectra are defined by

the following set of equations:

Sd - 6Dg (T/Tg)3 ; 0 < T < Tg/3 (5.1(a))

Sd - 2Dg (T/Tg)2 ; Tg/3 < T < Tg (5.1(b))

Sd - 2 Dg (T/Tg);Tg < T < 2Tg (5.1(c))

where,

Sd - idealized spectral ordinate of linear displacement response for an

oscillator with period T and damping of 2% of critical

Tg - earthquake characteristic period, determined as outlined in

Section 4.1.1(c) (Table 5.1)

Dg — displacement response at period Tg corresponding to a linear fit

to the displacement spectrum at 10% of critical damping for the

period range Tg < T < 2Tg (Table 5.1 and Fig. 5.2).

The idealized spectrum is anchored to a linear fit of the displacement spectrum

for 10% of critical damping in the region of nearly constant velocity. The

transition between the two damping ratios assumes that ordinates at 2% of

critical damping are double those at 10% [21]. Idealized spectral acceleration

ordinates are computed as:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
55

d
S - (5.2)
a ,2
g T'

where,

Sa - idealized spectral acceleration for a linear oscillator with T and

damping constant of 0.02

- idealized spectral displacement of linear oscillator (Eq. 5.1)

g acceleration of gravity.

Because the Santa Barbara record was filtered for periods exceeding 1.75 Tg,

the initial linear fit to the displacement spectrum for 10% damping was

restricted to the period range Tg < T < 1.75 Tg.

Normalized spectra of linear displacement response at 2% of critical damping

for the reference version of the three base motions are compared with the

idealized shape (Eq. 5.1) in Fig. 5.3. The spectra are normalized by dividing

periods by Tg and ordinates by Dg (Table 5.1). The comparison indicates that

the idealized spectrum provides a reasonable fit to the three records

considered.

Normalizing test results by the same linear response parameters (Table 5.2)

permits measured displacement response for all of the test runs to be compared

with the idealized spectrum (Fig. 5.4). The nearly constant relationship of

calculated linear to measured displacement response that was noted in Section

4.3 is reflected in this direct comparison. It may be observed that tha

idealized linear spectrum bounds and provides a reasonable estimate of the

normalized results for all but five of the runs for which T0 was less than Tg.

A reasonable bound to the five exceptions is obtained by extending the linear

segment of the idealized spectrum (1 < To/Tg < 2) to the origin. For cases

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
56

with T0 exceeding Tg, the idealized spectrum represents a consistent

overestimate of the normalized response data.

It is apparent from Fig. 5.4 that the period ratio (T0/Tg) alone cannot

account for the relationship of normalized displacement measurements to the

idealized spectrum. In the next section, a set of dimensionless parameters is

formed to organize this relationship with respect to both period and strength.

5.2 Dimensionless Classification

Shimazaki [22] formed three dimensionless quantities (period ratio, strength

ratio and displacement ratio) to organize computed nonlinear displacement

response. The same procedure can be applied to classify the properties and

responses of the test specimens using the specified values that accompany the

following definitions:

Period ratio, TR - T0/Tg (5.3)

Strength ratio, SR - C/Sa (5.4)

Displacement ratio, DR - Dm/S<i (5.5)

where,

T0 - specimen effective initial period (Table 5.1)

Tg - earthquake characteristic period (Table 5.1)

Sa - acceleration response of a linear system with period T0 and

2% of critical damping (Eq. 5.2)

Dm - maximum displacement response (Table 3.2)

S(j - displacement response of a linear system with period T0 and

2% critical damping.

Calculation of the dimensionless ratios for the first two runs of each test is

summarized in Table 5.3.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
57

The plot in Fig. 5.4 showed the variation of DR (by the relationship of

normalized response data to the idealized spectrum) with respect to TR. Where

measured response ordinates lie above the idealized spectrum, DR exceeded 1.0,

which means that measured response exceeded the linear estimate. By

considering both TR and SR, the cases for which DR exceeded 1.0 are separated

from the rest of the runs (Fig. 5.5). The relationship indicates that DR

exceeded 1.0 if the sum of TR and SR was less than 0.85. For all other cases

(TR + SR > 0.85), measured displacement response was bounded by the idealized

spectrum.

The same organization is expressed in alternative form in Fig. 5.6. The

plane (TR-SR) is separated into two regions by the line

TR + SR - 0.85 (5.6)

In region I (TR + SR < 0.85), DR exceeded 1.0. In region II (TR + SR > 0.85),

DR was less than or equal to 1.0.

These results are compared with the conclusions based on calculated

displacements [22] in Fig. 5.7. As a general conclusion, Shimazaki stated that

the dividing line for the region where DR was likely to exceed unity was given

by

TR + SR - 1.0 (5.7)

Of five hysteresis models considered in the analytical study, the four that

were most representative of reinforced concrete gave comparable displacement

results. A dividing curve for classification of DR from these four models was

given by
SR - 0.9 e(-TR/0.3) + 0 x (5 g)

The test results support much of the framework of the classification that

was used in the analytical study, but not all of the specific formulations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
58

The proposed dividing lines (Eq. 5.7, 5.8) are not adequate to organize DR

computed for measured response. However, from Fig. 5.5 it appears that

subdivision of the plane (TR-SR) is best described by a transition region:

0.85 < TR + SR < 1.0,

where DR is consistently clustered near unity. Beyond the transition region

(TR + SR > 1.0), the values of DR are noticeably more scattered. The test

results, as displayed in Fig. 5.6, do not reflect the asymptotic nature of Eq.

5.8 for TR exceeding 1.0.

5.3 Summary

The relationship of measured displacement response to the computed response

of a related linear system was investigated. For all but five of the thirty

test runs considered, measured response was bounded by an idealized linear

displacement spectrum, which was shown to provide a reasonable approximation to

the spectra of the individual base motions for a damping ratio of 0.02. For

the 25 bounded cases, the idealized spectrum also provided a reasonable

approximation to measured response-- especially if T0 was less than Tg. An

approximate bound to the displacement for the five cases for which the linear

estimate was exceeded is given by replacing Eq. 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) with Eq.

5.1(c), but there are not enough occurrences to extend this observation to a

general recommendation.

The relationship of measured nonlinear to calculated linear displacement

response for the 30 test runs was organized by a set of three dimensionless

quantities (Eq. 5.3-5.5). The resulting classification amounts to a check of

whether nonlinear response will be bounded by the idealized linear spectrum.

The region for which nonlinear response exceeded the linear estimate was

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
confined to relatively weak systems with short periods (relative to the

dominant period of the earthquake motion). The test results showed this region

to be smaller than what was defined in the computational study by Shimazaki [22].

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
60

CHAPTER 6

CALIBRATION OF TWO NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES FOR NONLINEAR RESPONSE

One of the main objectives of the experimental program was to furnish a

broad and well-defined basis for calibration of numerical techniques used to

estimate nonlinear dynamic response of reinforced concrete structures. The

number and range of test variables as well as a response mechanism that avoided

familiar barriers to interpretation (multiple modes, statical indeterminacy,

and axial forces) were chosen to provide a test specimen that would be an ideal

physical target for such methods.

In this chapter, response data are used as a reference for evaluation of two

methods of estimating the response of reinforced concrete structures to

earthquakes. In Section 6.1, five basic modeling decisions required for

nonlinear dynamic response history analysis using Takeda's [24] hysteresis

rules are considered. In Section 6.2, the basic hypothesis and one of the

fundamental equations of the substitute-structure method for design [21] are

checked in light of measured response.

6.1 Response History Calculations

The Takeda hysteresis model [24] (Fig. 6.1) was used in conjunction with a

single degree-of-freedom dynamic response history program to simulate the

response measured during the first earthquake simulation test for fourteen of

the fifteen specimens (Specimen B-ll was omitted because data for the initial

0.25 s of response were not recorded). Key decisions in the modeling process

involve definition of a trilinear primary envelope, hysteresis rules and the

type and amount of viscous damping. Five modeling parameters were considered

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
61

in the analyses: (a) the contribution of bar slip to yield deformation, (b)

the slope of the primary envelope after yield, (c) the exponent for the slope

of unloading from the primary envelope, (d) the ratio of the unloading slope

for softened response to that of primary unloading, and (e) combined

consideration of the type and fraction of viscous damping. Values for each of

these parameters, along with constants of the analyses, are discussed in

Sections 6.1.1.1 and 6.1.1.2.

The principal aim of the analysis was to identify the value for each

parameter that resulted in the most consistent correlation with measured

response. The quality of calculations was judged by the correlation of

rotation and moment response waveforms with those measured in the corresponding

tests. A frequency-domain error index [15] was used to establish the relative

order of correlation for the many calculations. The index, which has been

shown to be a reliable gauge for the matching of both amplitudes and

periodicity [29], is described in Section 6.1.2. The validity of the automated

ordering scheme was checked by studying response history comparisons for a

number of calculations for each test.

6.1.1.1 Constants of Analysis

In addition to the five selected parameters, further definition of

mechanical properties is required to model reinforced concrete systems for

nonlinear dynamic analysis. Only one of the five parameters (deformation due

to slip) relates to definition of the first two segments of the primary

envelope. In this section, moments and rotation components excluding slip for

break points in the primary envelope at cracking and yield are considered.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
62

The total deformation was assumed to consist of three components: (a)

flexure, (b) secondary flexibilities (assumed to remain linear throughout the

response), and (c) bar slip within the anchorage zone. Consideration of slip

as a parameter is addressed in Section 6.1.1.2.

(a) Flexural Components

The moment-curvature relationship up to yield was computed on the basis of

two transformed sections (Fig. 6.2), which corresponded to uncrackedandfully-

cracked states (Fig. 6.3, 6.4). Transformed section properties for each

specimen are listed in Table 6.1. Rotation due to bending at the cracking and

yield points was computed by integrating curvature over the total span of the

beam.

The cracking moment is given by:

Mc - ft Si (6.1)

where,

f^ - tensile strength of concrete determined from cylinder splitting

tests (Fig. 6.5, Table A.4)

- 6 Jf'c

fc - concrete cylinder compressive strength (Table A.4)

Si - section modulus for uncracked transformed section

- 2Ii/h

II - moment of inertia of uncracked transformed section

- g 3 + 2 <n - 1) As <| - d')2

n - modular ratio

“ Es/Ec
Es - steel modulus of elasticity

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
63

29,000 ksi (assumed)

Ec - secant modulus for concrete determined from cylinder

compression tests as average slope of stress-strain

relationship for 400 psi < fc <0.4 f^

- 46,900 ,/fc [psi] (Fig. 6.6)

b, h, d, d', As are defined in Fig. 6.3.

The jump in curvature at cracking (Fig. 6.2) reflects the shift in neutral axis

position as the concrete tensile force is transferred to the reinforcement.

The curvature at first cracking (^c]_) corresponds to the uncracked transformed

section while the larger value (<j>c 2 ) is determined by the properties of the

fully-cracked transformed section (Fig. 6.4). Curvature at first cracking is

given by:

(6 .2 )

The fully-cracked curvature at cracking is given by:

(6.3)

where,

12 “ moment of inertia of fully-cracked transformed section

- j (k2d)3 + As d2[(n - l)(k2 - j )2 + n (1 - k2)2]

k2 - constant defining depth to neutral axis for fully-cracked

transformed section as a fraction of effective depth (d)


9 9 d' V 2
- {(2n - l)2 p2 + 2p [n + (n - 1) | ]} - (2n - 1)p

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
64

Yield moment was computed on the basis of the fully-cracked transformed

section for strains compatible with the yield strain of the reinforcement:

My - S2t Ec £C (6.4)

where,

S£t “ section modulus referring to the compression face of the

fully-cracked transformed section

- l2/k2^
ec — concrete compressive strain at the extreme fiber

eSy - steel strain at yield

- fy/Eg

fy - steel stress at yield (Table A.6).

The corresponding curvature at yield is given by:

A _ sy (6.5)
y d(i - k2)

The flexural component of rotation at cracking and yield was computed by

integrating the distribution of curvature over the span of the beam (Fig. 6.7).

(6 .6)

(6.7)

where,

(9c)flex “ rotation due to flexure at cracking

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
65

(0y)flex - rotation due to flexure at yield

Ljj - beam clear span

Lfc - beam total span

- Ln + j (panel width) - Ljj + 15 in.

(b) Secondary Linear Components

Because one of the objectives of the response calculations was to match the

measured deformation amplitudes, an effort was made to consider all sources of

flexibility in the specimen and test setup that were likely to be sensed in the

displacement readings. Four such secondary flexibilities were identified:

(a) deformation of specimen supports (including the steel pipe column that

carried the beam reaction, and the simulator platform and vertical supports),

(b) flexural and shear deformation of the panel, (c) beam shear deformation,

and (d) local deformation of panel under normal stresses from flexure in the

beam. All of these deformations were assumed to vary linearly with moment.

Deformation of the specimen supports was estimated from the results of an

independent linear analysis using the nominal section properties of the various

elements, as shown in Fig. 6.8. The resulting flexibility constants depended

on the span of the beam:

Beam Span (in) 0/M (rad/k-in)

30 1.3 x 10'6

36 0.74 x 10’6

42 0.60 x 10‘6

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
66

Panel deformations were determined from independent analysis with the model

depicted in Fig. 6.9. Flexibility constants for the two panel heights,

expressed in terms of rotation, were approximately equal. A value of 9/M -

0.44 x 10"^ rad/k-in was used for the primary envelope.

Flexibility constants to account for beam shear deformation were computed

as:
ft 1 -2 Ln
|M 2
G b h L 2t
(6-9)

where,

G - shear modulus of concrete


E
2(1+1/)

v - Poisson's ratio for concrete

- 1/6 (assumed).

Panel deformation due to normal stresses from bending in the beam were

estimated from the solution for normal forces on the edge of an infinitely

large plate [25] (Fig. 6.10). Computed flexibilities were based on average

properties of the fully-cracked transformed section:

Bar Size Mean k£d (in) Mean S2t (in^) 9/M (rad/k-in)

#3 2.06 32.2 0.0080/EC

#4 2.53 45.1 0.0073/Ec

6.1.1.2 Parameters of Analysis

Five parameters were considered in the analysis program. Bar slip

deformation and post-yield slope ratio relate to the definition of the primary

envelope, which was not measured directly. Two of the parameters set the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
67

unloading slopes in the Takeda hysteresis model as a function of peak

deformation. Finally, the amount and type of viscous damping was considered.

A description of the variables and the set of values considered for each is

given in the following paragraphs.

(a) Bond Stress

Bar slip can be estimated by integrating strains over an assumed anchorage

length, which depends on the assumed bond stress and its distribution as

follows (Fig. 6.11):

f 2 dL
A-gVS
s (6-9(a))
where,

fs - peak stress in reinforcement

db - diameter of bar

u - bond stress.

Rotation due to bar slip was assumed to vary linearly with moment using the

following expression for an equivalent flexibility constant:

2
f <± M
8 y d * (6.9(b))
M 8 E u d (1 • k.) M
s 2 y

Because other sources of deformation were considered explicitly (Section

6.1.1.1), the contribution of slip to the total was controlled by specifying

realistic values of bond stress over a range that would be anticipated for a

well-detailed anchorage. Two values of bond stress (400 and 1000 psi) were

considered in the analyses.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
68

(b) Post-Yield Slope Ratio

Calculation of the slope of the primary envelope after yield requires that

quite a few assumptions be made about material laws and section mechanics. By

treating the post-yield slope as a parameter, the risk of constraining the

quality of response estimates because of an inaccurate assumption was reduced.

The post-yield slope was expressed as a ratio of the secant stiffness at

yield. Four values of post-yield slope ratio were considered: 2, 5, 10, and

15%.

(c) Unloading Slope Exponent

The Takeda hysteresis rules [24] express the slope of unloading from the

primary envelope as a function of the initial slope and peak deformation

(Fig. 6.1):

K *'*' 7 1 (6.10)
m

where,

Ku - slope of unloading branch

- effective initial slope

M + M
- _c y
ec + ©y
9m - maximum primary rotation

a - unloading slope exponent.

Four values of the unloading slope exponent were considered: 0, 0.2, 0.4 and

0. 6.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
69

(d) Constant for Softened Unloading

The unloading slope for cycles that did not establish a new peak deformation

was expressed as a ratio of the slope for primary unloading (Eq. 6.10). This

parameter provided a mechanism to approximate the change in energy

absorption/dissipation capacity that is common to softened reinforced concrete

elements. Three values of this ratio were considered for the response

calculations: 0.5, 0.7 and 1.0.

(e) Viscous Damping

Three cases for the amount and type of viscous damping were considered; (a)

no damping, (b) damping proportional to secant stiffness (with respect to the

origin) at a nominal ratio of 2%, and (c) constant damping at 2% of

critical.

6.1.2 Evaluation of Calculated Response

Response calculations were made using the first 20 seconds of measured

platform accelerations as input. With the parameter sets described in Section

6.1.1.2, a total of 288 pairs of rotation and moment response histories were

generated for each of the 14 test runs analyzed. Because so many results could

not be judged by graphic comparison, initial ranking of the relative quality

was established by a quantitative index based on a weighted summation of

deviations in Fourier amplitudes [15], The error index is given by:

where,

e(f) - normalized error in Fourier amplitudes (Fig. 6.12)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
70

X (f) - X (f)
c______ m
max (X }
m

Xm(f) - amplitude of Fourier transform of measured response

at frequency f

Xc(f) - amplitude of Fourier transform of calculated response at

frequency f

fl - lowest frequency with no apparent DC component (Fig. 6.12)

f2 - 3 * frequency corresponding to max (Xm) (Fig. 6.12).

The individual calculations for a given test run were ranked according to the

value of the error index for rotation response, with secondary consideration

given to the index for moment response. Having thus established a plausible

initial ranking, final judgement based on graphic comparison of a limited

number of response histories was made. No discrepancies were found in the

general ordering established with the index. The sensitivity of the index

could not be judged, as the differences between waveforms of closely ranked

calculations were usually too subtle to discern by inspection.

Because the differences between closely ranked calculations were not always

significant, conclusions were based on consideration of the ten best results

for each test. A tally for values of each the five parameters corresponding

to the ten best calculations is given in Table 6.2. In a few cases (Tests B-13

and B-14) the tally for certain parameters does not represent ten results.

This indicates that the calculation was insensitive to the parameter because

yield did not occur in the simulated response.

The predominant values of each of the five analytical parameters (Table 6.2)

are organized with respect to the experimental parameters (strength, period and

earthquake motion) of the test specimens in Table 6.3-6.7. The effects of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
71

varying the type and amount of reinforcement are reflected in the primary curve

variables (bond stress and post-yield slope ratio). Bond stress of 400 psi was

most appropriate for 11 of the 14 specimens (Table 6.3) while, for the others,

the ten best results were split between bond stress values of 400 and 1000 psi.

That the results do not show a stronger relationship to bar size is not a clear

indication of overall low bond stresses, because the accuracy of estimates for

other sources of deformations (Section 6.1.1.1) cannot be established. The

post-yield slope ratio took on marginally higher values for stronger sections

(Table 6.4). No patterned dependence on the test variables was observed for

either of the hysteresis parameters (Table 6.5, 6.6) or for damping (Table

6.7).

With the lack of any clear relationship between analytical and experimental

parameters, categorization of the analytical results on a specimen-by-specimen

basis was not necessary. Instead, an overall tally of the ten best results for

each specimen was formed to select an "optimum" set of values for the five

parameters (Table 6.2). This so-called optimum set was not absolute, as many

exceptions to it could be found among the thousands of calculations made.

Because no one set of values yielded superior results for all 14 specimens, the

overall tally was used to identify the statistically most consistent set:

Bond stress - 400 psi

Post-yield slope ratio - 5%

Unloading slope exponent - 0.4

Constant for softened unloading - 0.7

Damping Ratio/Type - 2 % Constant

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
72

From the overall tally in Table 6.2, the choice of values for bond stress,

softened unloading constant, and damping were clear. For both post-yield slope

ratio and unloading slope exponent, the tally peaked at the values listed

above, but the overall deviation among the four values was rather small.

Computed rotation response histories using the recommended parametric values

are compared with measured waveforms for the first 10 seconds of each test in

Fig. 6.13. Given the variability reflected in the tallies of Table 6.2, the

correlation is quite good for most of the tests. The exceptions are those

tests for which little or no yielding occurred (B-06, B-12, B-13, B-14, and B-

15).

6.2 Substitute-Structure Method

A method for representing yielding structures as equivalent linear systems

with substitute stiffness (or frequency) and damping was established by Gulkan

[6] (for single-degree-of-freedom systems) and Shibata [21] (for multi-degree-

of-freedom systems). The so-called substitute-structure method then relies on

a correlation of effective damping to the amount of inelastic deformation.

Gulkan [7] proposed the equation:

P s - 0.02 + 0.2 (1 - 1/Jii) (6.12)

where,

0 S - substitute (equivalent viscous) damping ratio

fi - deformation ductility ratio

to provide a reasonable fit to results from dynamic tests of one-story

reinforced concrete bents. An average effective damping was computed from

measured response as:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
73

- J<5 y X dt
0* “ 7T~o— <6 -13)
2ws J0 X dt

where,

T
-J y x dt - work done by exciting force over entire response duration
0
T
2ws P s / x2 dt - work done by equivalent viscous damping force over entire

^ response duration

y(t) - base acceleration history

x(t) - relative velocity response history

«s - substitute circular frequency

” 11 (x + y)maxl/lxmaxl

(x + y)max - maximum absolute acceleration response

xmax ” maximum relative displacement response

Equation 6.13 expresses the requirement that work done by baseshakingmust be

balanced by the work of the equivalent viscous damping forcein orderfor the

system to come to rest. This equation is applied to the results of the current

set of tests in order to check the correlation for equivalent viscous damping

(Eq. 6.12) that is used in the substitute-structure method.

6.2.1 Relative Velocity Response

No direct measurement of relative velocity response was made, and reliable

production of this signal presents a considerable computational challenge. One

possibility is to compute the time-derivative of relative displacement

response, but numerical differentiation of discrete digital signals is an

inherently unstable and inaccurate process. Numerical integration of relative

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
74

acceleration response, while inherently less error-prone, was complicated by

three considerations: (1) no direct measurement of relative acceleration

history was possible, making it necessary to compute this signal as the

difference of absolute acceleration response (x + y) and base acceleration (y),

(2) integration of the derived relative acceleration signal was sensitive to

minute baseline errors, and (3) the two "parent" signals, (x + y) and (y),

had to be synchronized before they could be combined.

Relative acceleration response at the effective center of mass was computed

as:

x(t) - {[x + y]z(t) - y(t)} * (r/z) (6.14)

where,

x(t) - computed relative acceleration response history at effective

mass center

[* + yJzCt) “ measured absolute acceleration response history at height z

above center of rotation at panel base after correction for

time-scale offset with response to y(t)

y(t) - measured platform acceleration history

r - height to effective center of mass from center of rotation

z - gauge height above center of rotation.

Because both of the parent signals were recorded on the same analog-to-digital

conversion board and passed through nominally identical (filtering) amplifiers,

the only source of time skew was due to relative channel position, which was

the least uncertain of the three sources identified (Appendix B).

Gulkan [6] was successful in producing a balanced relative velocity response

signal by making a least-squares second-order correction to the acceleration

baseline. Random "bit-switching" (single-bit steps originating from the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
75

analog-to-digital conversion board) in this series of tests produced noise

components that the parabolic correction could not effectively compensate.

Recognizing that baseline errors are, by definition, of low frequency, high-

pass digital filtering was employed to produce a balanced velocity signal.

Relative acceleration response was integrated using the trapezoid rule to

produce an uncorrected velocity signal, which was then filtered to eliminate

baseline error. After verifying (from histories of apparent frequency (Fig.

C.1-C.44)) that none of the test specimens responded at a frequency less than

about 1.3 Hz, the cutoff frequency for filtering was set at 1.25 Hz. An

example of the results of this approach to baseline correction is shown in Fig.

6.14.

6.2.2 Substitute Frequency

Stiffness corresponding to the expression for substitute circular frequency

(ws) given in Eq. 6.13 is approximately equal to the slope of line OA in Fig.

6.15. In cases for which unsymmetrical inelastic response precedes the peak

half-cycle, the average stiffness of the softened system can be taken as the

slope of a line joining the unloading points at peak deformation in each

quadrant, line BB* in Fig. 6.15. Values of this second definition of apparent

stiffness were used to compute substitute frequency (Table 6.8):

ws - (1/r) (6.15)

where,

Ka - apparent stiffness computed from moment-rotation relationship

(Fig. C.1-C.44) for half-cycle of peak rotation response

m - specimen mass

r - specimen centroidal radius.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
76

6.2.3 Substitute Damping

By applying Eq. 6.13 in the manner described in the previous sections,

substitute damping ratios were computed for nearly all of the simulated

earthquake runs (Table 6.8). Three test runs (B-03.1, B-03.2, and B-ll.l) were

not considered because of problems encountered with one or more of the four

data channels involved in the computation. Computed substitute damping ratios

varied from 3 to 20%.

The substitute-structure method is a set of rules for representing yielding

reinforced concrete structures as contrived linear systems with reduced

stiffness and equivalent viscous damping to account for all sources of energy

dissipation. Having thus defined the substitute linear system, design forces

for a prescribed level of displacement response are estimated from linear

response spectra. The viability of the method depends on two requirements:

(a) response of the substitute linear system must approximate that of the

actual structure, and (b) test results must provide a basis for correlation

of substitute damping ratio to displacement response. By checking these

requirements with the results of the current test series, the calibration of

the method as originally proposed will be much stronger.

Linear displacement response was computed for each simulated earthquake run

using the values of substitute frequency (ws) and damping (fis ) given in Table

6.8. Computed displacements (S^) are compared with measured peak displacements

(Dm) in Table 6.8 and Fig. 6.16. The mean ratio of computed to measured

displacement was 1.09, with extremes of 0.79 and 1.45. Given the amount of

judgment involved with selection of appropriate stiffness and signal

processing, the comparison of Fig. 6.16 is quite satisfactory.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
77

Maximum rotation ductilities from Table 3.4 for each of the runs considered

are repeated in Table 6.8. In Fig. 6.17, computed substitute damping ratios

are plotted against ductility ratio and the relationship is compared with Eq.

6.12. Substitute damping values computed from results of the current set of

tests were generally larger than given by Eq. 6.12 at all values of ductility

ratio. It follows then that a revised best-fit equation would be obtained by

increasing either or both of the constant (0.02) or linear multiplier (0.20) in

the equation, but not by changing the order of the radical {1/JJi). However, no

modification to Eq. 6.12 is proposed for two reasons: (1) if only the current

data were available to construct a design equation, a slight underestimate of

damping (as shown in Fig. 6.17) would be judiciously conservative, and (b)

many of the pairs from which the correlation was originally established [7]

fell below the line given by Eq. 6.12.

6.3 Summary

Response data were used to evaluate two existing methods for estimating

nonlinear response of reinforced concrete structures to earthquakes. Five

parameters were considered for response history calculations using the Takeda

hysteresis model. The values of these parameters that led to the most

consistent results were:

Bond stress - 400 psi

Post-yield slope ratio - 5%

Unloading slope exponent - 0.4

Constant for softened unloading -0.7

Viscous damping - constant at 2% of critical.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
78

Though there were notable exceptions to these values for some of the 14

specimens considered, the variations could not be correlated to experimental

parameters. No clear mandate resulted for post-yield slope ratio or unloading

slope exponent, and it was argued that the 400 psi value of bond stress not be

taken as absolute for slip calculations because of the interaction of other

deformation components that were specified as constants in the analyses.

The test results supported the notion that the response of a yielding system

could be approximated by that of a related linear system with reduced stiffness

and prescribed amount of viscous damping to account for the total energy

dissipation. A correlation of this equivalent viscous damping to displacement

ductility that is used in the substitute-structure method was checked. No

clear advantage could be found in modifying the originally proposed equation.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
79

CHAPTER 7

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

7.1 Summary

This study considered nonlinear response of reinforced concrete structures

to earthquakes. The goal of the investigation was to improve methods of

estimating drift for design. The specific objectives of the study were:(a)

to investigate the influence of relevant parameters (strength, initial period,

earthquake frequency content, and earthquake intensity) on the nature and

magnitude of nonlinear response, and (b) to study the characteristics of

hysteretic response of simple reinforced concrete systems under dynamic

loadings. Earthquake-simulation tests of fifteen reinforced concrete single­

degree -of-freedom systems were made to provide benchmark data for studying

nonlinear response.

7.1.1 Overview of Experiments

The type of specimen tested in this investigation represents a distinct

departure from the norm for dynamic tests. Rather than modeling a specific

structural form or framework component, it was conceived as a physical

generalization of a building structure. By manipulating specimen variables to

control strength and period, a range of buildings was represented.

The motion of the responding specimen was similar to that of an inverted

pendulum restrained by a flexural spring (Fig. 2.1 and 2.2). The "pendulum"

was formed by a stocky concrete panel that was pinned at its base with steel

weights attached near the top. The "spring" was provided by a coplanar beam

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
80

that extended from the panel at mid-height perpendicular to the pendulum axis.

The beam spanned from the panel to a translating vertical support.

The salient characteristics of this test specimen were: (a) it was

statically determinate, (b) its response had a single degree of freedom, (c)

its resistance was provided by flexural action of the beam without axial force,

and (d) strength and period were conveniently varied. Strength was

controlled by varying the amount of reinforcement in the constant 4 x 8-in.

beam section (2 #3 or 2 #4 bars in equal amounts top and bottom). Variables

influencing the initial period were the amount of attached weight (2600, 3600,

or 4200 lbs), the height of the panel from the center of rotation to the center

of attached weight (51.5 or 63.5 in.), and the clear span of the beam (30, 36,

or 42 in.).

Measured compressive strengths of the 3/8-in. pea gravel and sand aggregate

concrete varied from 3970 to 6150 psi for the 15 specimens. Yield strengths

for flexural reinforcement were 59 ksi for #3 deformed bars and 66 ksi for #4

deformed bars. Actual specimen properties are documented further in Appendix

A.

Three different earthquake records were used as input motions: Castaic N21E

1971, El Centro NS 1940, and Santa Barhara S48E 1952. These records were

selected to provide a variation in frequency content. The time scale of the

base motions was compressed by a factor of two to shift the region of nearly-

constant linear acceleration response closer to the frequencies of the test

specimens and to reduce platform displacement for a given intensity earthquake

simulation. Uniform scaling of drive signal ordinates controlled the

earthquake intensity.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
81

Fifteen specimens with unique combinations of strength, initial period and

earthquake record were tested. Each specimen was subjected to from two to four

test sequences consisting of a low-amplitude free vibration test followed by an

earthquake simulation. The intensities of the simulated earthquakes generally

increased in successive runs.

7.1.2 Outline of Analysis

Test results were used to investigate methods for estimating nonlinear

response, with particular emphasis on displacement. Four different approaches

were considered. In Chapter 4, the framework of dimensional analysis was

adopted to study the organization of measured drift with respect to independent

test variables. The relationship of measured response to linear response

estimates was considered in Chapter 5. In this case, response data supplied

the means for experimental calibration of a method based on analytical

observations [22]. In Chapter 6, response data were used to extend the

calibration of two existing methods for estimating nonlinear response.

Recommended values for five parameters required for nonlinear response history

analysis using the Takeda hysteresis rules (yield deformation, post-yield

stiffness, unloading stiffness for primary cycles, unloading stiffness for

softened cycles, and viscous damping) were considered by evaluating the quality

of correlations with measured response waveforms. In the second part of

Chapter 6, the foundations of the substitute-structure method were re-evaluated

in light of the current test results.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
82

7.2 Conclusions

7.2.1 Experimental Observations

Test specimens responded as single-degree-of-freedom oscillators. Measured

response histories were characterized by occasional short intervals of steady-

state excitation followed by transient free v5.bration at a single frequency.

Changes in natural frequency were most noticeable during the cycle for which

the cracking moment was first exceeded.

Moment-rotation relationships indicated stable hysteretic response with

permanent softening after each excursion to a new peak deformation. Resonance

is unlikely for softening single-degree-of-freedom systems. As a result,

rotation baseline shift was common for cycles that established new peak

deformation because a large portion of the energy imparted to the specimen was

dissipated in the first half of the cycle. Hysteretic response after softening

was characterized by reduced stiffness in the transition between unloading and

reloading, which caused a reduction in damping capacity.

Moment-rotation hysteresis relationships were sensitive to small offsets in

the time scales of the two recorded signals, for which three causative

mechanisms were identified (Appendix B). Because synchronization error

introduces artificial phase shift, calculation of dissipated energy was

particularly vulnerable to inaccuracy. Corrections for time skew, as described

in Appendix B, were applied to all moment-rotation relationships.

Envelopes extracted from full moment-rotation relationships for each test

specimen exhibited a trilinear shape, with breakpoints at cracking and yield

and a slight positive post-yield slope. Primary envelopes indicated an average

increase of 17% in yield capacity (with respect to static estimates). This

effect was attributed to velocity-dependent forces that were evident from the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
83

rounded, gradually descending nature of primary envelopes near points of

unloading (Section 3.3.1.3). Peak response moments exceeded estimated yield by

as much as 42% at a drift ratio of about 2%, suggesting that the 25% allowance

for strain hardening capacity prescribed in design codes is not always

conservative.

Of all the experimental parameters, the varied frequency content of the

three base motions had the most visible effect on response. El Centro elicited

the most persistent inelastic response because its frequency content is broad

and was "centered" on the range of specimen periods. For low intensities, the

response to Santa Barbara was timid. But after specimens softened into the

higher-energy period range, the motion demanded much stronger response. For

Castaic, inelastic response was usually short-lived, as softening shifted

specimen periods out of the strength of the motion.

Observed damage confirmed that inelastic action was restricted to the beam-

most notably near its intersection with the panel, where maximum moment

occurred. Cracking and spalling patterns were indicative of ductile flexural

response. No anchorage or shear failures were observed, though signs of higher

demand were apparent for sections with higher moment capacity. Flexural cracks

within the beam span were more inclined for sections with #4 bars than for

those with #3. The increased bond stress demand for the larger bars was

apparent from cracking near the "attack" end of the anchorage zone in the

panel, which was not observed for the lighter-reinforced sections.

Initial periods determined from low-amplitude free-vibration response were

longer than calculated values based on uncracked sections. Results of free-

vibration tests indicated that natural period and damping changed most

significantly in the first earthquake simulation.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
84

7.2.2 Analysis of Drift Response

In Chapter 4, the influence of test variables on measured peak displacement

response was studied. Dimensional forms of the independent variables (initial

period, strength, earthquake characteristic period, and earthquake intensity)

were ineffective organizers of measured drift. Further study of the dependence

of drift on test variables was structured as a formal dimensional analysis,

though no crisp solution was possible given the amount of idealization required

to describe earthquake motion and the mechanical behavior of a yielding system

with a small set of variables. Rather, dimensional analysis proved an

effective tool for organizing the study of relationships of dimensionless

expressions for dependent and independent variables. Two conclusions resulted

from the study:

(1) Displacement ductility (Section 4.2) is proportional to a dimensionless

product that is comparable to the force reduction factor (design

spectral acceleration/lateral strength coefficient), which is used in

equivalent lateral force procedures of many seismic codes. However,

the constant of proportionality was such that if stiffness was based on

uncracked sections the corresponding drift estimate would be

unconservative.

(2) Measured peak displacement displayed a nearly constant relationship to

linear spectral estimates for a damping ratio of 0.02 (Section 4.1.2).

This relationship was relatively insensitive to all test variables.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
85

An extended study of the relationship of measured peak drift response to

linear spectral values in Chapter 5 led to the following conclusions:

(1) Linear displacement spectra at a damping ratio of 2% for all three

earthquake test records could be normalized by an idealized spectrum

(Eq. 5.1) described by Shimazaki [22] and Schultz [20] (Fig. 5.3).

(2) Vith test results normalized in similar fashion, the idealized linear

spectrum bounded and provided a reasonable approximation of measured

displacement response for 25 of 30 test runs (Fig. 5.4).

(3) A dimensionless classification scheme, which was used by Shimazaki [22]

to organize computed nonlinear displacement response, provided a check

for whether the idealized spectrum would bound measured response (Fig.

5.5 and 5.6). Displacement ratio (measured nonlinear

displacement/spectral displacement) exceeded 1.0 only if the sum of

period ratio (specimen initial period/earthquake characteristic period)

and strength ratio (specimen lateral strength coefficient/spectral

acceleration) was less than 0.85. Displacement ratio was very nearly

equal to one when the sum of period and strength ratios was between

0.85 and 1.0. If the sum of period ratio and strength ratio exceeded

1.0, displacement ratio was between 0.6 and 1.0.

(4) A reasonable bound to measured response for the five cases in which

displacement ratio exceeded 1.0 was obtained by extending the segment

of the idealized spectrum for the region of nearly constant velocity

response to the origin.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
86
In the first part of Chapter 6, parameters for nonlinear response history

computation using the Takeda hysteresis model [24] were evaluated by judging

the quality of correlations with measured response. Five parameters were

considered: effective bond capacity, ratio of post-yield to yield stiffness,

exponent for unloading slope in Takeda model, ratio of unloading slope for

softened response to slope of primary unloading in Takeda model, and viscous

damping. Displacement and moment response histories were computed for 4032

individual cases. The following conclusions resulted:

(1) The values of the five parameters that gave the best correlation with

measured response varied from specimen to specimen. But the best

values did not have a strong correlation with physical properties of

the specimens or with frequency contents of the base motions.

(2) A bond stress of 400 psi gave consistently better results than 1000

psi. But this should not be interpreted as a measurement of bond

capacity. It is a value that provided the best fit in the company of

various simplifying assumptions made for initial stiffness.

(3) A post-yield slope ratio of 5% was marginally more consistent than 2,

10, and 15%.

(4) A value of 0.4 for the unloading slope exponent in the Takeda

hysteresis model gave the most consistent results. But values of 0,

0.2, and 0.6 did almost as well.

(5) A value of 0.7 for the softened unloading constant gave more consistent

results than values of 0.5 or 1.0.

(6) Constant (mass-proportional) damping at a ratio of 2% was preferable to

variable (stiffness-proportional) damping at 2% or no damping.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
87

(7) Computed response using the recommended parametric values compared

favorably with measured waveforms except for runs with little or no

yielding.

(8) The frequency-domain error index developed by Lopez [15] proved a

reliable tool for assessing the quality of response waveform

correlations.

In the second part of Chapter 6, response data were used to evaluate

equivalent viscous damping of test specimens that responded to earthquake

motions. With this information, the basic premise of the substitute-structure

method [21] was examined. The following conclusions are made:

(1) The maximum displacement response of a yielding reinforced concrete

system can be satisfactorily approximated by calculating the response

of a related linear system with a prescribed amount of viscous damping

and reduced stiffness.

(2) The original expression for substitute damping in terms of permitted

ductility ratio (Eq. 6.12) was judged suitable in light of the current

test results.

7.3 Closing Discussion

The results of this study identify three tools that are effective for

estimating seismic drift response of reinforced concrete structures. Though

all of the methods share a common objective, their applications satisfy

different needs in consideration of the response of a building. It was shown

in Chapter 5 that linear response spectra can be used to provide a reasonable

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
88
estimate of peak nonlinear displacement response. While this information by

itself is not sufficient as a basis for design, it is useful as a check of the

overall stiffness of a particular structure or for evaluating competing framing

schemes in the initial phases of design. The substitute-structure method [21]

(Chapter 6, second part) provides design forces that correspond to the

designer's prescription of tolerable drift response and damage. Nonlinear

response history analysis with the Takeda hysteresis model [24] (Chapter 6,

first part) will provide a detailed simulation of the dynamic response of a

structure. Such an extensive analysis is most useful as a tool of

investigation rather than design. A common research application is the study

of an existing building for which a proximate recording of base motion was

made.

Any method for estimating seismic response of structures must satisfy two

requirements in order to give realistic results: (1) advance judgment of

likely base motions, and (2) reliable representation of structural response

to known excitations. This study considered only the second requirement. The

three methods studied were shown to give accurate results with the luxury of

exact knowledge of the base motion. But because such information is not likely

to be available for design, the full accuracy of the methods will not be

realized in practice. Prudent analysis then requires consideration of a set of

earthquake records with frequency contents that are consistent with known

properties of the site. Judgment of probable intensity should be based on

regional seismicity and the design life of the structure. None of the methods

studied imposes special constraints on selection of design base motions.

As suggested from the first conclusion for Chapter 4, well-intentioned

methods for estimating drift can be derailed as a result of loose specification

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
89

of operating parameters. In an effort to minimize misapplication of one of the

methods discussed in this study for which little documentation exists, the

procedures for applying it are summarized in the following paragraph.

In many cases, the mean drift response (lateral displacement at top level)

for a building can be estimated from a linear response spectrum at a nominal

damping ratio of 0.02. The design spectrum is an idealization of the actual

shape as given by Eq. 5.1. A check of whether the spectrum will provide a

bound to nonlinear response is given by the equation

TR + SR > 0.85 (7.1)

where,

TR - period ratio

- To/Tg
T0 - effective initial period of structure

- J2. times the calculated fundamental period based on uncracked

sections

Tg - characteristic period of ground motion determined from an

envelope to the linear energy response spectrum for a damping

ratio of 0.10 (Section 4.1.1(c), Fig. 4.2). This value is

comparable to the period separating regions of nearly-constant

acceleration and velocity response.

SR - strength ratio

- C/Sa

C - lateral strength coefficient

- V/W

V - base shear capacity

W - weight of structure

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
90

Sa - acceleration response from the idealized spectrum for a period

of T0. The conversion between displacement and acceleration

response for a linear system is given by Eq. 4.6.

If Eq. 7.1 is not satisfied, then nonlinear displacements are likely to exceed

the spectral value. In this case, test results suggested that nonlinear

response could be bounded by modifying the idealized spectrum so that Eq.

5.1(c) replaced Eq. 5.1(a) and (b). But it is stressed that this observation

is based on a very small number of test results.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 2.1 Assumed Properties of Test Specimens

Specimen B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05 B-06 B-07 B-08

Attached Weight, W a (kips) 2.6 3.6 2.6 4.2 3.6 3.6 4.2 4.2
Total Weight, Wt, (kips) 3.8 5.0 3.8 5.6 5.0 5.0 5.6 5.6
Beam Span, Ln (in) 30 36 30 42 36 36 42 42
Rotational Inertia, J (kip-in-s2 ) 24.1 46.9 24.1 53.8 46.9 46.9 53.8 53.8
Centroidal Radius, r (in) 49.3 60.3 49.3 60.9 60.3 60.3 60.9 60.9
Longitudinal Bars 2-#4 2-#3 2-#3 2-#3 2-#4 2-#3 2-#4 2-#3
Reinforcement Ratio, p (%) 1.4 0.79 0.79 0.79 1.4 0.79 1.4 0.79
Beam Yield Moment, Myba,l) (kip-in) 167 84 84 84 167 84 167 84
System Yield Moment, Myc (kip-in) 251 119 126 114 237 119 227 114
Initial Period, T0^ (s) 0.14 0.21 0.14 0.25 0.21 0.21 0.25 0.25
Lateral Strength, Cy 1.34 0.39 0.67 0.33 0.79 0.39 0.67 0.33
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 2.1 (cont.) Assumed Properties of Test Specimens

Specimen B-09 B-10 B-U B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15

Attached Weight, W a (kips) 3.6 4.2 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.6
Total Weight, Wt, (kips) 5.0 5.6 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 5.0
Beam Span, Ln (in) 36 42 30 30 30 30 36
Rotational Inertia, J (kip-in-s^) 46.9 53.8 24.1 24.1 24.1 24.1 46.9
Centroidal Radius, r (in) 60.3 60.9 49.3 49.3 49.3 49.3 60.3
Longitudinal Bars 2-#3 2-#4 2-#3 2-#4 2-#4 2-#3 2-#4
Reinforcement Ratio, p (%) 0.79 1.4 0.79 1.4 1.4 0.79 1.4
Beam Yield Moment, Myba »b (kip-in) 84 167 84 167 167 84 167
System Yield Moment, Myc (kip-in) 119 227 126 251 251 126 237
Initial Period, T0^ (s) 0.21 0.25 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.21
Lateral Strength, Cy 0.39 0.67 0.67 1.34 1.34 0.67 0.79

Notes
a - Yield strength of reinforcement taken from preliminary coupon tests,
b - Assumed concrete strength f'c = 5000 psi, modulus Ec = 4000 ksi.
c - System Moment = Beam Moment * (Lt/Ln ). See Fig. 2.3.
i
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission. i

Table 2.2 Parametric Make-up of Test Specimens

Castaic (1971) El Centro (1940) S. Barbara (1952)

S t r .a weak strong weak strong weak strong


Tob^ \

0.14 s B — 11 B —1 2 B —0 3 B — 01 B —1 4 B —1 3

c
0.21 s B —0 6 B —0 2 B —0 5 B —0 9 B —1 5

c c
0.25 s B —0 4 B —1 0 B —0 8 B —0 7

a - "weak" denotes specimens with //3 flexural reinforcement,


"strong" denotes specimens with //4 flexural reinforcement.

b - Calculated initial period, Tq = /2 * (period for gross sections).

c - Combination not selected for testing because TR + SR >> 1.0.


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 2.3 Experimental Plan

Ground Spectral Period Strength


Test® Specimen Specimen Base^ Period Acceleration Ratio Ratio
Run To Cy Hot ton
T9 sa TR SR TR + SR
(s) (s) (g)

B-01.1 0.14 1.34 ELC 0.28 3.4 0.50 0.40 0.90


B-01.2 5.4 0.50 3.25 0.75
B-02.1 0.21 0.39 ELC 0.28 2.0 0.75 0.20 0.95
B-02.2 3.9 0.75 0.10 0.85
B-03.1 0.14 0.67 ELC 0.28 2.7 0.50 0.25 0.75
B-03.2 5.2 0.50 0.13 0.63
B-04.1 0.25 0.33 ELC 0.28 2.1 0.89 0.16 1.05
B-04.Z 5.8 0.89 0.06 0.95
B-05.1 0.21 0.79 ELC 0.28 2.3 0.75 0.35 1.10
B-05.2 4.0 0.75 0.20 0.95
B-06.1 0.21 0.39 CAS 0.18 1.4 1.17 0.28 1.45
B-06.2 2.9 1.17 0.13 1.30
B-07.1 0.25 0.67 SAB 0.48 1.2 0.52 0.58 1.10
B-07.2 1.8 0.52 0.38 0.90
B-08.1 0.25 0.33 SAB 0.48 0.9 0.52 0.38 0.90
8-08.2 1.4 0.52 0.23 0.75
B-09.1 0.21 0.39 SAB 0.48 0.8 0.44 0.46 0.90
B-09.2 2.4 0.44 0.16 0.60
B-10.1 0.25 0.67 ELC 0.28 1.9 0.89 0.36 1.25
B-10.2 4.3 0.89 0.16 1.05
B-ll.l 0.14 0.67 CAS 0.18 1.3 0.78 0.52 1.30
B-11.2 2.1 0.78 0.32 1.10
B-12.1 0.14 1.34 CAS 0.18 1.9 0.78 0.72 1.50
B-12.2 2.6 0.78 0.52 1.30
B-13.1 0.14 1.34 SAB 0.48 1.5 0.29 0.91 1.20
B-13.2 2.4 0.29 0.56 0.85
B-14.1 0.14 0.67 SAB 0.48 1.2 0.29 0.56 0.85
B-14.Z 3.1 0.29 0.22 0.51
B-15.1 0.21 0.79 SAB 0.48 1.0 0.44 0.76 1.20
B-15.2 1.7 0.44 0.46 0.90

a D e s i g n a t e d by (s p e c i m c n ) .(run I).
b CAS = Castaic test motion; ELC = El Centro test motion; SAB = Santa Barbara test motion
95

Table 3.1 Comparison of Measured Spectral Quantities with


Experimental Flan Values

**a* 8 Tg> s
Test Base Run
Motion
Target Measured Target Measured

B-01 E1C 1 3.4 3.4 0.28 0.27


2 5.4 4.9 0.28 0.28
B-02 E1C 1 2.0 2.6 0.28 0.29
2 3.9 4.3 0.28 0.32
B-03 E1C 1 2.7 2.3 0.28 0.30
2 5.2 4.9 0.28 0.32
B-04 E1C 1 2.1 2.5 0.28 0.30
2 5.8 4.3 0.28 0.32
B-05 E1C 1 2.3 2.6 0.28 0.30
2 4.0 4.1 0.28 0.32
B-06 Cas 1 1.4 1.3 0.18 0.18
2 2.9 2.4 0.18 0.18
B-07 SaB 1 1.2 1.5 0.48 0.48
2 1.8 2.0 0.48 0.48
B-08 SaB 1 0.9 0.9 0.48 0.49
2 1.4 1.4 0.48 0.49
B-09 SaB 1 0.8 0.9 0.48 0.48
2 2.4 1.7 0.48 0.48
B-10 E1C 1 1.9 1.9 0.28 0.29
2 4.3 3.2 0.28 0.30
B-ll Cas 1 1.3 1.3 0.18 0.18
2 2.1 2.2 0.18 0.18
B-12 Cas 1 1.9 1.6 0.18 0.18
2 2.6 2.6 0.18 0.18
B-13 SaB 1 1.5 1.8 0.48 0.48
2 2.4 3.4 0.48 0.48
B-14 SaB 1 1.2 1.3 0.48 0.48
2 3.1 2.9 0.48 0.48
B-15 SaB 1 1.0 1.0 0.48 0.48
2 1.7 2.1 0.48 0.48

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.2 Summary of Response Maxima - Earthquake Simulation Tests

Spec imen B-01 B-02 B-03 B-04 B-05

V (*) 0.14 0.21 0.14 0.25 0.21

c
Lya 1.34 0.39 0.67 0.33 0.79

Base Motion'1 E1C E 1C E 1C E 1C E1C

Run 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

Acceleration (g)

Base, measured 1.35 2.40 0.94 3.35 0.91 3.28 0.92 3.36 0.96 3.50
VO
Base, effective® 0.97 1.35 0.78 1.37 0.76 1.33 0.77 1.33 0.79 1.34 CJN
Center of Mass 1.54 1.63 0.52 0.54 0.84 0.93 0.46 0.49 0.98 1.04

Displacement at Center of Mass (in)

Single-Amplitude 0.58 1.08 1.08 2.12 0.62 1.59 1.40 2.08 1.10 1.88
Mean Double-Amplitude 0.53 0.85 1.03 1.63 0.52 1.35 1.03 1.62 0.88 1.69

Rotation (%)

S ingle-Amp1itude 1.18 2.19 1.80 3.53 1.24 3.24 2.30 3.43 1.83 3.13
Mean Double-Amplitude 1.08 1.73 1.71 2.71 1.05 2.74 1.70 2.67 1.46 2.80
Residual -0.09 -0.51 0.03 1.46 -0.20 0.16 -0.07 0.49 0.25 0.20

Beam Reaction (kips) 6.83 6.99 2.90 3.05 - - 2.56 2.63 5.76 6.11

Moment*' (kip-in)

System 307 314 148 156 162 184 146 150 294 312
Beam 205 210 104 110 108 123 107 111 207 220
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.2 (cont.) Summary of Response Maxima - Earthquake Simulation Tests

SpecImen B- 06 8-■07 8-08 B- 09 B-•10

V (8) 0. 21 0.,25 0.25 0. 21 0.,25

c ya 0. 39 0.,67 0.33 0. 39 0. 67

Base Motion** Cas SaB SaB SaB E1C

Run 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

Acceleration (g)

Base, measured Q.43 0.90 0.66 1.33 0.34 0.60 0.42 1.17 0.56 1.42
Base, effective0 0.49 0.93 0.51 0.70 0.30 0.47 0.37 0.66 0.56 0.95
Center of Mass 0.45 0.52 0.78 0.82 0.41 0.47 0.48 0.54 0.85 0.82

Displacement at Center iof Mass (in)

in
o
Single-Amplitude 0.39 0.90 0.72 0.59 1.73 0.49 2.14 1.10 1.68
Mean Double-Amplitude 0.38 0.55 0.70 1.17 0.50 1.15 0.44 1.43 0.88 1.32

Rotation (X)

S ingle-Amplitude 0.65 1.50 1.19 2.47 0.97 2.85 0.82 3.55 1.82 2.76
Mean Double-Amplitude 0.63 0.91 1.16 1.92 0.83 1.89 0.73 2.38 1.44 2.18
Residual -0.01 0.50 0.01 0.27 0.11 1.00 0.09 1.36 0.27 0.46

Beam Reaction (kips) 2.69 2.88 4.63 4.75 2.63 2.90 2.84 3.16 4.98 4.92

Moment'* (kip-in)

System 137 147 264 271 150 165 145 161 284 281
Beam 97 104 195 200 110 122 102 114 209 207
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.2 (cont.) Summary of Response Maxima - Earthquake Simulation Tests

Spec imen B-ll B-12 B-13 B-14 B-15

V (•) 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0 21

cLya 0.67 1.34 1.34 0.67 0.79

Base Motion*5 Cas Cas SaB SaB SaB

Run 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

Acceleration (g)

Base, measured 0.46 0.87 0.58 1.03 0.75 1.61 0.55 1.28 0.50 1.30
Base, effective0 0.36 0.88 0.66 1.05 0.55 0.88 0.40 0.77 0.35 0.78
Center of Mass 0.77 0.83 1.49 1.53 1.27 1.52 0.63 0.84 0.80 1.03

Displacement at Center of Mass (in)

Single-Amplitude 0.28 0.71 0.49 0.63 0.42 0.70 0.25 0.85 0.51 1.14
Mean Double-AmplItude 0.28 0.57 0.49 0.61 0.39 0.54 0.24 0.58 0.48 0.90

Rotation (X)

S1ngle-Amplitude 0.57 1.45 1.00 1.29 0.86 1.41 0.50 1.73 0.86 1.89
Mean Double-AmplItude 0.57 1.16 0.99 1.25 0.80 1.10 0.49 1.17 0.80 1.49
Res idua 1 0.01 -0.30 0.03 -0.01 0.03 0.19 0.01 -0.09 0.03 -0.30

Beam Reaction (kips) 3.18 3.55 6.49 6.74 5.44 6.86 2.68 3.75 4.58 5.62

Moment^ (kip-1n)

System 143 160 292 303 245 309 120 169 233 286
Beam 95 107 195 202 163 206 80 112 165 202
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.2 (cont.) Summary of Response Maxima - Earthquake Simulation Tests

Notes;
a - Assumed properties, taken from Table 2.1.
b - Cas - Castaic (1971), E1C = El Centro (1940), SaB - Santa Barbara (1954)
c - Computed as [S.I. (meas.)]/[S.I. (reference 0 lg)], where
S.I. = spectrum intensity
* area under linear velocity spectrum @ 2% damping
for 0.20 < T < 0.60 S.
d - System Moment = Maximum Moment in Beam Span * (Lt/Ln ).
See Fig. 2.3.

VO
VO
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.3 Parametric Key to Figures of Specimen Response

Castaic (1971) El Centro (1940) S. Barbara (1952)

r + '
/
/

r*
/G O weak strong weak strong weak strong
—1
o

/
/
0 .1 4 s B —11 B —12 B —0 3 B — 01 B —1 4 B —13
Fig. 3.4
Fig. 3.16

100
0 .2 1 s B —0 6 B —0 2 B —0 5 B —0 9 B -15
Figs. 3.7 - 3.10 Fig. 3.5 Fig. 3.6 Fig. 3.11
Fig. 3.19 - 3.22 Fig. 3.17 Fig. 3.18 Fig. 3.23

0.25 s B —0 4 B —10 B —0 8 B —0 7
Fig.3.12
Fig. 3.24

Note: Response of specimens listed in bold letters is discussed in Chapter 3. Top figure
number is response history, bottom is moment-rotation relationship. Response histories
and moment-rotation relationships for all test runs are presented in Appendix C.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.4 Summary of Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes

Specimen B--01 B-•02 B-03a B-04


Quadrant (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-)

Break Points
Cracking M (kip-in) 39 48 33 39 - .
36 40
Yield M (kip-in) 291 295 136 139 - - 127 141
Yield 0 (%) 0.84 0.87 0.61 0.61 - - 0.63 0.64
Maximum M (kip-in) 300 323 149 156 176 184 142 150

101
Run 1: Peak 0 (%) 0.97 1.19 1.72 1.80 0.86 1.24 1.53 2.30
Peak 0/Yield 0 1.2 1.4 2.8 3.0 - - 2.4 3.6
Run 2: Peak 0 (%) 1.28 2.19 3.53 2.88 3.03 3.24 2.85 3.43
Peak 0/Yield 0 1.5 2.5 5.8 4.7 - - 4.5 5.4
Run 3: Peak 0 (%) 1.72 2.74 2.69 1.17 • _ _

Peak 0/Yield 0 2.0 3.1 4.4 1.9 - - - -

Run 4: Peak 0 (%) - - - - _ - - -

Peak 0/Yield 0 " “ “ - “ • “

a - Moment signal too noisy to sense break points.


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.4 (cont.) Summary of Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes

Specimen B-■05 B-•06 B-■07 B-08


Quadrant (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (')

Break Points
Cracking M (kip-in) 32 40 33 30 37 38 41 54
Yield M (kip-in) 280 286 131 - 263 250 150 137
Yield 0 (%) 0.91 1.01 0.59 - 1.09 0.98 0.73 0.67
Maximum M (kip-in) 317 296 156 137 302 259 165 151

Run 1: Peak 0 (%) 1.83 1.08 0.60 0.65 1.19 1.15 0.97 0.73
Peak 0/Yield 0 2.0 1.1 1.0 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.1

102
Run 2: Peak 0 (%) 3.13 2.56 1.50 0.54 2.47 1.75 2.85 1.01
Peak 0/Yield 0 3.4 2.5 2.5 - 2.3 1.8 3.9 1.5
Run 3: Peak 0 (%) 3.65 2.67 2.91 0.58 3.85 1.76 4.65 1.86
Peak 0/Yield 0 4.0 2.6 4.9 - 3.5 1.8 6.4 2.8
Run 4: Peak 0 (%) _
3.50 0.63 3.27 1.19 -

Peak 0/Yield 0 * • 5.9 “ 3.0 1.2 • “


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3 .4 (cont.) Summary of Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes

Specimen B-09 B- 10 B- 11 B- 12
Quadrant (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-)

Break Points
Cracking M (kip-in) 41 41 36 40 -
43 30 .

Yield M (kip-in) 143 137 280 256 150 156 287 292
Yield 0 (%) 0.64 0.63 1.16 1.04 0.68 0.64 0.96 0.94
Maximum M (kip-in) 161 150 284 259 170 174 303 303

Run 1: Peak 0 (%) 0.82 0.66 1.82 1.10 0.56 0.57 1.00 0.97
Peak 0/Yield 0 1.3 1.0 1.6 1.1 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0

103
Run 2: Peak 0 {%) 3.55 1.36 2.76 1.59 0.87 1.45 1.20 1.29
Peak 0/Yield 0 5.5 2.2 2.4 1.5 1.3 2.3 1.3 1.4
Run 3: Peak 0 (%) - 2.67 1.85 1.98 1.04 1.64 1.72
Peak 0/Yield 0 - - 2.3 1.8 2.9 1.6 1.7 1.8
Run 4: Peak 0 (%) _ _ 2.87 1.48 4.13 2.59 .

Peak 0/Yield 0 “ “ 2.5 1.4 6.1 4.0 “ “


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 3.4 (cont.) Summary of Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes

Specimen B-•13 B- 14 B- 15
Quadrant (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-)

Break Points
Cracking M (kip-in) 39 32 33 43 53 40
Yield M (kip-in) 295 - 153 140 276 286
Yield 0 (%) 1.06 - 0.70 0.55 1.16 1.14
Maximum M (kip-in) 309 259 169 159 279 286

Run 1: Peak 6 (%) 0.86 0.76 0.50 0.47 0.76 0.86


Peak 0/Yield 0 0.8 - 0.7 0.9 0.7 0.8

104
Run 2: Peak 0 (%) 1.41 0.84 1.73 1.30 1.25 1.89
Peak 0/Yield 0 1.3 - 2.5 2.4 1.1 1.7
Run 3: Peak 0 (%) 0.39 0.72 1.58 1.94 1.60 2.43
Peak 0/Yield 0 0.8 - 2.3 3.5 1.4 2.1
Run 4: Peak 0 (%) _ _ _ _ _

Peak 0/Yield 0 “ - - “ - -
105

Table 3.5 Summary of Free-Vibration Tests

Before Run 1 Before Run 2 Before Run 3

Test f e f 6 f 6
<hz) <%) <hz) (%) (hz) (%)

B-01 9.4 2 4.8 7 3.4 10


B-02 6.5 2 2.4 10 1.6 12
B-03 8.7 3 3.3 6 - -

B-04 5.3 2 1.9 7 1.4 9


B-05 5.5 3 3.0 8 1.8 9
B-06 5.8 2 3.1 11 2.6 9
B-07 5.6 2 2.9 8 2.3 8
B-08 5.8 1 2.4 7 1.8 -

B-09 6.6 2 2.8 7 - -

B-10 4.8 3 2.6 5 2.1 7


B-ll 8.9 3 4.1 8 3.4 7
B-12 7.3 4 4.9 6 4.5 8
B-13 8.8 3 4.7 5 4.2 7
B-14 8.6 1 4.5 9 3.1 8
B-15 6.4 3 3.5 6 2.8 7

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
106

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
107

Table 5.1 Ground Motion Parameters for Idealized Spectra3

Record TS Dg
(s) (in)

Castaic 0.17 0.47

El Centro 0.24 1.11

Santa Barbara 0.48 3.29

a- Values are for reference versions scaled to 1 g peak acceleration.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
108

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
109

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
no

(cont.) Normalization of Test Results for Comparison with Idealized Spectrum


Table 5.2

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Ill

Table 5.3 Dimensionless Ratios for Response Classification

Test Run To C sa Sd TR SR DR
TS
(s) (s) (g) (in) (in)

B-01 1 0.16 1.34 0.24 3.70 0.88 0.58 0.64 0.36 0.66
2 0.16 1.34 0.24 5.15 1.22 1.08 0.64 0.26 0.89
B-02 1 0.23 0.39 0.24 2.97 1.49 1.08 0.93 0.13 0.73
2 0.23 0.39 0.24 5.22 2.62 2.12 0.93 0.07 0.81
B-03 1 0.14 0.67 0.24 2.90 0.57 0.62 0.58 0.23 1.09
2 0.14 0.67 0.24 5.07 0.99 1.59 0.58 0.13 1.60
B-04 1 0.27 0.33 0.24 2.67 1.88 1.40 1.10 0.12 0.74
2 0.27 0.33 0.24 4.60 3.25 2.08 1.10 0.07 0.64
B-05 1 0.23 0.79 0.24 3.01 1.51 1.10 0.93 0.26 0.73
2 0.23 0.79 0.24 5.11 2.56 1.88 0.93 0.15 0.73
B-06 1 0.23 0.39 0.17 1.23 0.61 0.39 1.33 0.32 0.63
2 0.23 0.39 0.17 2.33 1.17 0.90 1.33 0.17 0.77
B-07 1 0.28 0.67 0.48 1.46 1.15 0.72 0.58 0.46 0.63
2 0.28 0.67 0.48 2.01 1.57 1.50 0.58 0.33 0.95
B-08 1 0.27 0.33 0.48 0.86 0.61 0.59 0.56 0.38 0.97
2 0.27 0.33 0.48 1.35 0.95 1.73 0.56 0.24 1.81
B-09 1 0.23 0.39 0.48 1.05 0.53 0.49 0.47 0.38 0.93
2 0.23 0.39 0.48 1.90 0.95 2.14 0.47 0.21 2.25
B-10 1 0.28 0.67 0.24 1.84 1.44 1.10 1.16 0.36 0.76
2 0.28 0.67 0.24 3.12 2.44 1.68 1.16 0.21 0.69
B-ll 1 0.16 0.67 0.17 1.20 0.28 0.28 0.92 0.56 0.99
2 0.16 0.67 0.17 2.93 0.69 0.71 0.92 0.23 1.02
B-12 1 0.16 1.34 0.17 2.20 0.52 0.49 0.92 0.61 0.94
2 0.16 1.34 0.17 3.50 0.83 0.63 0.92 0.38 0.76
B-13 1 0.17 1.34 0.48 1.58 0.44 0.42 0.35 0.85 0.94
2 0.17 1.34 0.48 2.53 0.71 0.70 0.35 0.53 0.98
B-14 1 0.16 0.67 0.48 1.11 0.26 0.25 0.32 0.60 0.95
2 0.16 0.67 0.48 2.13 0.50 0.85 0.32 0.31 1.68
B-15 1 0.24 0.79 0.48 1.01 0.57 0.51 0.50 0.79 0.90
2 0.24 0.79 0.48 2.24 1.27 1.14 0.50 0.35 0.90

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
112

Table 6.1 Assumed Transformed Section Properties

Test b h As d' d n II k2d 12

(in) (in) (in2) (in) (in) (in4) (in) (in4)

B-01 4.02 8.02 0.40 0.84 7.17 9.2 238 2.51 111
B-02 4.02 8.01 0.22 0.86 7.15 8.4 204 2.01 61.8
B-03 4.02 8.02 0.22 0.85 7.17 9.0 207 2.05 65.7
B-04 4.02 8.01 0.22 0.88 7.13 9.1 207 2.06 65.8
B-05 4.04 8.01 0.40 0.84 7.16 9.1 237 2.50 109
B-06 4.01 8.00 0.22 0.85 7.15 9.1 207 2.06 66.5
B-07 4.02 8.00 0.40 0.85 7.15 9.2 237 2.51 110
B-08 4.02 8.01 0.22 0.86 7.14 8.8 206 2.03 64.1
B-09 4.02 8.01 0.22 0.88 7.13 9.2 207 2.06 66.1
B-10 4.03 8.01 0.40 0.81 7.19 9.6 243 2.54 116
B-12 4.02 8.02 0.40 0.84 7.17 9.8 243 2.55 116
B-13 4.02 8.01 0.40 0.81 7.20 10.5 249 2.60 124
B-14 4.02 8.01 0.22 0.87 7.14 10.0 211 2.12 71.3
B-15 4.01 8.01 0.40 0.84 7.16 9.6 240 2.54 114

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
113

O i-H
55 oooooococoooooooi©
CsJ i-HrH rH ^H iH »-H o
o ^H
•c
r-o oq . >
0.+J >> OOh O O h O I A i-lOOCOOf-t*—•
B <01— CSJ CSJ
<0 c c
O ©3
55 CSJo O O O O CSIM O O ^ O CO IT)
o h
M
Tally of Parametric Values for Ten Best Calculations

o CSJ
000000*4*00000000
CD iH l-H iH iH *4*
"O C«P
O C
C hq aj r-%
• CSJ
O (O O€SJU)tn(0^^0iO9iOOON
4-> O o i-H CO
M- f— C
O C O
(/>DO in• CO
ooDin^^iocsirto«HOOcsi(o
o CO

CO• ^4
^OOOOOOiOHNrtlOOHO
O o CO
Q.
O
•— • lOiHtOOfHCSJr-tCSI^^^Or-tCSJ
<✓)4-3 CO
C o
o> o
c c
f- o CSJ
*TD Ol • o^r^uiinoocvjfocoooo^ O
<0 X o CO
o ui
c—
c « oinoio^or'iifi'-ioooo^ hH
O CSJ
o

55 rocvji—ifOTtN^CMCvjrOrHOOO
in
CSJ
O
-o -f-
i— 4-> 55 CSJ
O (0 o po^comcocvicsjcocoror-iooo
f- o: fH CO
>-
io
4-> CL in
CO O in c\jc\j^rcsjcjfncsj>-icocvj»s-oooo
O »— CO
Table 6.2

O. €/>
55 CMCMCSJO.—<COC\)^-C\JCVJ^-OCMCVI
CSJ 00
CSI

o r-.
CO o omo«t*-oooiooooo«vjo r-H
TD V)-p o
C O CO ^H
O S_ Q-
03 4-»^ o oir>oioooo«*-oooocoo CO
00 o rH r-i ^H f-Hf-H iH iH ^H CSJ

4-> rHCjro^tmcONOOaiocNjfo^in
CO Q O O O O O O O O »“H i-HI-Hi-Hi-H z
0) I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • o
h - COGOCOOQGOCOCOCQCOGOCOCOCQCO 00

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 6.3 Organization of Bond Stress Parameter with Respect to


Experimental Variables

BOND STRESS (PSI)

Motion Costaic El Centro Santa Barbara

y Strength
weak strong weak strong weak strong
Period \

0 .1 4 s N.A. 400 400 400 400 400


(B—11) (B—12) (B -0 3 ) (B—01) (B -14) (B—13)

0.21 s 400 400,1000 400 400 400


(B—06) (B—02) (B—05) (B—09) (B—15)

0 .2 5 s 400,1000 400 400,1000 400


(B—04) (B—10) (B—08) (B—07)
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 6.4 Organization of Post-Yield Slope Parameter with Respect to


Experimental Variables

POST-YIELD SLOPE RATIO

Motion Castaic El Centro Santa Barbara

y Strength
weak strong weak strong weak strong
Period \

0.1 4 s N.A. 2,5% 5% 10,15% 2% ??

115
(B—11) (B—12) (B—03) (B—01) (B -14) (B—13)

0.21 s 2,5% 10% 15% 5,10% 5%


(B—06) (B -0 2 ) (B—05) (B -09) (B -15)

0.25 s 10% 10,15% 2% 15%


(B—04) (B—10) (B—08) (B—07)
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 6.5 Organization of Unloading Slope Exponent Parameter


with Respect to Experimental Variables

UNLOADING SLOPE EXPONENT

Motion Castaic El Centro Santa Barbara


y Strength
weak strong weak strong weak strong
Period \

0.1 4 s NA 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4,0.6 ??

116
(B—11) (B -1 2 ) (B -03) (B -0 1 ) (B -14) (B—13)

0.21 s 0.6 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.0,0.2


(B—06) (B—02) (B—05) (B -09) (B—15)

0 .2 5 s 0.0,0.2 0.4 0.0 0.6


(B -04) (B—10) (B—08) (B—07)
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 6.6 Organization of Softened Unloading Parameter with


Respect to Experimental Variables

SOFTENED UNLOADING CONSTANT

Motion Castaic El Centro Santa Barbara


^ Strength
weak strong weak strong weak strong
Period \

0.1 4 s N.A. 1.0 0.5,0.7 1.0 1.0 1.0


(B—11) (B -1 2 ) (B—03) (B -01) (B -14) (B—13)

0.21 s 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7


(B -0 6 ) (B -02) (B—05) (B -09) (B -15)

0.25 s 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7,1.0


(B -04) (B—10) (B—08) (B—07)
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table 6.7 Organization of Damping Parameter with Respect to


Experimental Variables

DAMPING RATIO & TYPE

Motion Castaic El Centro Santa Barbara


\ Strength
weak strong weak strong weak strong
Period \

0 .1 4 s N.A. 2% V 2% C 2% V 2% C 2% C

118
(8 —11) (B -12) (B—03) (B—01) (B -14) (B—13)

0.21 s 2% C 2% C 2% C 2% C 2% C
(B—06) (B—02) (B—05) (B—09) (B—15)

0.2 5 s 2% C 2% C 2% C 2% V
(B—04) (B—10) (B-OB) (B—07)
119

Table 6.8 Summary of Substitute Structure Calculations

Tast Run -J y*dt S *2<1fc A »m sd Sd'Dm

(in2/a2 > (in2/a) (rad/s) (In) (in)

B-01 1 1404 400 33.5 0.052 1.4 0.56 0.69 1.19


2 3782 809 27.3 0.086 2.5 1.08 1.26 1.17
3 4610 893 24.3 0.106 3.1 1.35 1.42 1.05
B-02 1 1570 399 15.5 0.127 3.0 1.08 1.33 1.23
2 3013 877 9.9 0.174 5.8 2.12 2.09 0.99
B-04 1 1263 40S 12.9 0.121 3.6 1.40 1.69 1.20
2 2505 847 9.8 0.151 5.4 2.08 2. 30 1.10
B-05 1 1387 513 19.9 0.068 2.0 1.10 1. 59 1.45
2 5135 1296 14.9 0.133 3.4 1.88 2.34 1.24
B-06 1 115 44 21.2 0.062 1.0 0.39 0.35 0.89
2 489 198 16.0 0.077 2.5 0.90 0.90 1.00
3 1167 351 12.8 0.130 4.9 1.75 1.38 0.79
B-07 1 961 603 20.7 0.039 1.2 0.72 0.90 1.25
2 3054 907 16.0 0.105 2.3 1.50 1. 79 1.19
B-08 1 465 252 17.7 0.052 1.3 0.59 0. 75 1.27
2 1894 551 11.9 0.144 3.9 1.73 1.64 0.95
B-09 1 559 236 19.3 0.061 1.3 0.49 0.68 1.39
2 3462 802 11.4 0.189 5.5 2.14 2.12 0.99
B-10 1 1055 484 18.4 0.059 1.6 1.10 1.18 1.07
2 2303 742 14.9 0.104 2.4 1.68 1.84 1.09
3 7844 2539 14 .4 0.107 2.3 1.62 1.34 0.83
B-ll 2 568 128 22.7 0.098 2.3 0.71 0.68 0.96
3 1023 223 19.4 0.118 2.9 0.98 0.99 1.01
4 4362 781 14.0 0.199 6.1 2.03 1.82 0.90
B-12 1 576 225 34 .4 0.037 1.0 0.49 0.58 1.19
2 682 222 30.8 0.050 1.4 0.63 0.66 1.04
3 1269 288 27.7 0.080 1.8 0.85 1.08 1.27
B-13 1 500 222 34.8 0.032 0.8 0.42 0.37 0.89
2 1175 429 31.5 0.044 1.3 0.70 0.64 0.91
B-14 1 219 77 32.5 0.044 0.9 0.25 0.24 0.97
2 1656 381 22.7 0.096 2.5 0.85 0.82 0.96
3 2614 562 18.5 0.125 3.5 0.96 1.30 1.35
B-15 1 298 162 23.9 0.038 0.8 0. 51 0.60 1.17
2 2302 895 19.2 0.067 1.7 1.14 1.13 0.99
3 4224 1225 16.7 0.103 2.1 1.46 1.87 1.28

Ct>s ■ substitute circular frequency


/?s ■ substitute damping ratio (Eq. 6.13)
• rotation ductility ratio from measured response
Dm “ measured peak displacement response
■ computed displacement response for substitute linear system

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
120

Fig. 2.1 Photograph of Test Setup

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
121

Idealization
Response
Specimen
Fig. 2.2

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission
122

Beam Element Idealization


CO

TJ CM

(3 0

£
o

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
123

O
I—
o
UJ
in

Variables
Configuration
Specimen
Fig. 2.4

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
124

Elastic Response/ C astaic N21E 1971


5.0

2% d am p in g

4 .0 5% dam pin g

10% dam ping

3.0 20% dam ping

■= 2.0

0.0
1 2.0

0.0
0.00 0 .5 0 1 .00 1 .5 0 2.00
Period, sec.

Fig. 2.5 Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra for


Original Earthquake Records Scaled to 1 G
(a) Castaic N21E 1971

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
125

E lastic Response/ El C entro NS 19 4 0


5.0

2%
4 .0 5%
0
1 0% dam ping

0 ^ .0 20% damping
£
0
- 2.0
(1)
a
u
<

0.0
2 4 .0 T
in.

1 8 .0
Displacement,

12.0

6.0

0.0 — -
0.00 0 .5 0 1 .00 1 .50 2.00
Period, sec.

Fig. 2.5 (cont.) Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra


for Original Earthquake Records Scaled to 1 G
(b) El Centro NS 1940

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
126

Elastic Response/ Santa B arbara S48E 1952


5.0

2% d a m p in g

4 .0 5% d a m pin g
0
1 0% d a m p in g

0 3.0 20% d a m p in g

-Iu 2 0
0
<

0.0
7 2 .0 T

; 4 8 .0

24 .0

0.0 --
0.00 0 .5 0 1 .00 1 .50 2.00
P erio d , sec.

Fig. 2.5 (cont.) Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra


for Original Earthquake Records Scaled to 1 G
(c) Santa Barbara S48E 1952

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
127

CM

Study by
/

Summary of Hypothesis from Analytical


/
o
T^- /
o / CO
A\ o oc
/
CC V/
CO

Shimazaki and Sozen [22]


+ QC "/
Q CD o
QC o a:
t-
V •a
o
/ o 0)

/ - M" CL
o o
/ V
/ QC A
CO
/
+ QC
Q - CM
/ o
a:
Fig. 2.6

/ i- -
/

oo CD CM
o o o o

(ys) O U D H M^6 U8 J^S

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
128

M oment

Fig. 2.7 Development of Specimen Capacity

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
129

E la s tic Response/ C a s ta ic Test M o tio n


5 .0

2% dam p in g

4.0 5% dam p in g

1 0% dam p in g

3 .0 20% d am pin g

r 2.0

0 . 0

3 .0 T

0.0 L— i
0.00 0 .2 5 0 .5 0 0 .7 5 1 .00
Period, sec.

Fig. 2.8 Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra for Test


Base Motions Scaled to 1 G
(a) Castaic

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
130

E la s tic Response/ El C e n tro Test M o tio n


5 .0

2% d a m p in g

4 .0 5% d a m p in g
0
10% d am p in g

0 3 .0 20% d a m p in g
4-»
0

i 2 0
0
0
<

0.0

6.0

5 .0
c
^ 4.0
c
0

£ 3 .0
(!)
0
0

a 2 -0
to
0

0 . 0 --
0.00 0 .2 5 0 .5 0 0 .7 5 1 .00
Period, sec.

Fig. 2.8 (cont.) Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra for


Test Base Motions Scaled to 1 G
(b) El Centro

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
131

E la s tic Response/ S a n ta B arb ara Test M o tio n


5 .0

2% dam pin g

4.0

10% dam ping

20% dam pin g

2.0

0.0

12.0 T T
In.

8 . 0
D is p la c e m e n t ,

4.0

0 . 0 --
0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 .00

Perio d, sec.

Fig. 2.8 (cont.) Acceleration and Displacement Response Spectra for


Test Base Motions Scaled to 1 G
(c) Santa Barbara

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Linear Response/ Castaic


50.0

40.0
mCl
~o
c
o
E
a
Q
20.0

132
So
c
IU
10.0 Tn = 0.18 sec.
10% damping

0.0

0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00

Period, sec.

Fig. 2.9 Energy Demand Response Spectra for Test Base Motions Scaled to 1 G
(a) Castaic
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Linear Response/ El Centro


100.0

80.0
m
a.
x
>" 60.0
e
a
E
q
>, 40.0

133
ai

<5
20.0 Tn = 0.28 sec.
10% damping

0.0

0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00

Period, sec.

Fig. 2.9 (cont.) Energy Demand Response Spectra for Test Base Motions Scaled to 1 G
(b) El Centro
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Linear Response/ Santa Barbara


200.0 _

150.0

100.0

134
50.0 T„ = 0.48 sec.
10% damping

0.0

0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75

Period, sec.

Fig. 2.9 (cont.) Energy Demand Response Spectra for Test Base Motions Scaled to 1 G
(c) Santa Barbara
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

E X P E R IM E N T A L P L A N

b—13.1 a

X \
a b—12.1

0.6

B—13.2 B—12.2
B—14.1 B—11.1
B-15.2
B—09.1
0 .4 B-01.1
B-0B.1 B—05.1 a b—10.1
a b—11.2
B—01.2_
B—14.2a B—03.1 "a 8-08.2
0.2
B—10.2
B—04.1

14.2
0.0

0.0 0.2 0 .4 0.6

P e rio d R a tio (T R )

Fig. 2.10 Layout of Experimental Plan by Period and Strength Ratios


136

h- Z
O
CD in
i^.
a.
o @
t—
cn
CO CL
•; cz ZD
U. < O'
z CD 9r
Ld 1—
O' CM CO

\/

00

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

C A S T A IC

2 . 0 r-
Reference

0.0

o
o
<
«
n -2 . 0 I-
o
ffl 2 . 0
x B—06.1
0
I)
Q.
0.0 l
Id
u>
--j
\
0 -2.0 L
0
2.0
<
B—1 2 .2
0
I)
0
m
0.0 -1* ■ ■

- 2.0
_L _L _L J
0.0 4 .0 8.0 12.0 1 6.0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time. sec.

Fig. 3.1 Comparison of Measured Castaic Platform Motion to Reference Signal


(a) Normalized Base Acceleration Histories
138

L in e a r Response/ C a s ta ic / 2% D a m p in g
6.0
Reference

5.0 B—06.1

0 B—12.2

4.0
A c c e le r a t io n ,

3.0

2 . 0

0 . 0

3.0

2 .5
in.

2 . 0
D i s p la c e m e n t ,

0 .5

0 . 0
0 . 0 0 . 2 0.4 0 . 6 0 .S 1 .0

Period, sec.

Fig. 3.1 (cont.) Comparison of Measured Castaic Platform Motion


to Reference Signal
(b) Normalized Linear Response Spectra

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

EL CENTRO

2.0
R eference

0.0 nvv W ^

(j
u
4
9
n - 2.0
0
£
D 2.0
B—03.1
0
V
Q.
. 0.0
4-
*- w
UJ VO

\
6 - 2.0
3 2.0
B — 03.2
0
n
o
ffl
0.0

-2 . 0 L
I_ X X X J
0.0 4 .0 8.0 12.0 1 6.0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. 3.2 Comparison of Measured El Centro Platform Motion to Reference Signal


(a) Normalized Base Acceleration Histories (Spike Distortion)
140

L in e a r Response/ El C e n tro / 2% D a m p in g
6.0
Reference

5 .0 B—03.1

0 B—0 3 .2

4 .0
A c c e le ra tio n ,

3 .0

2.0

0 . 0

6. 0

5 .0
in.

4 .0
D is p la c e m e n t,

3 .0

2. 0

0 . 0 *-
0 . 0 0 . 2 0 .4 0 . 6 0.8 1 .0

Period, sec.

Fig. 3.2 (cont.) Comparison of Measured El Centro Platform


Motion to Reference Signal
(b) Normalized Linear Response Spectra
(Spike Distortion)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

EL CENTRO
T
2.0 r
Reference

0.0

0
0
<

n - 2.0 L
o
ffl 2.0 r
x
o
V
n
-. o.o
*-
»
UJ
\
0 -2.0 L
ir 2.0 r
B— 0 1 . 2
e
n
o
m

_L _L X J
0.0 4 .0 8.0 12.0 1 6 .0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. 3.2 (cont.) Comparison of Measured El Centro Platform Motion to Reference Signal
(c) Normalized Base Acceleration Histories (Spike + Noise Distortion)
142

L in e a r Response/ El C e n tro / 2% D a m p in g
6.0
Reference
5 .0 B—01.1
0 B—01.2
4 .0
A c c e le ra tio n .

3 .0

2 . 0

0 . 0

6 . 0

5 .0
in.

4 .0
D is p la c e m e n t ,

3 .0

2 . 0

0.0 L.
0 . 0 0 . 2 0 .4 0 . 6 0. 8 1 .0

Period, sec.

Fig. 3.2 (cont.) Comparison of Measured El Centro Platform


Motion to Reference Signal
(d) Normalized Linear Response Spectra
(Spike + Noise Distortion)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

SANTA BARBARA
I-------------- 1-------------- 1-------------- 1-------------- 1-------------- 1-------------- 1
2.0 r
Reference

0.0
u
o
<
V
n -2 .0
0
oa 2 .0
B—09.1
x
a
i)
1
0.0

(j - 2 . 0 L
< 2-° T
B—0 7 .2
0
fl
0
m
0.0

- 2.0

0 .0 4 .0 8 .0 1 2 .0 1 6 .0 2 0 .0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. 3.3 Comparison of Measured Santa Barbara Platform Motion to Reference Signal
(a) Normalized Base Acceleration Histories (Spike Distortion)
144

L in e a r Response/ S a n ta B a rb a ra / 2% D a m p in g
6.0
Reference

5 .0 B—09.1

B—0 7 .2

• 4 .0

0 3 .0

0 2.0
/ v J.

0.0
1 2.0 T T T T T

10.0
in.

8.0
D is p la c e m e n t,

6.0

2 . 0

0.0
0 . 0 0 . 2 0 .4 0 . 6 0 . 8 1 .0

Period, sec.

Fig. 3.3 (cont.) Comparison of Measured Santa Barbara Platform


Motion to Reference Signal
(b) Normalized Linear Response Spectra
(Spike Distortion)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

SANTA BARBARA
T
2.0
Reference

0.0

0
0
<

145
0.0 4.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 24.0
Tim e. sec.

Fig. 3.3 (cont.) Comparison of Measured Santa Barbara Platform Motion to Reference
Signal
(c) Normalized Base Acceleration Histories (Spike + Noise Distortion)
146

L in e a r Response/ S a n ta B arb ara/ 2% D a m p in g


6.0
Reference

5 .0 B—15.1

B—13.2

- 4 .0

0 3.0

0 2.0
/^

0 . 0

1 2.0 T T

10.0
in.

8 . 0
D i s p la c e m e n t,

6 . 0

4 .0

2 . 0

0.0
0.0 0.2 0 .4 0.6 0 . 8 1 .0

Period, sec.

Fig. 3.3 (cont.) Comparison of Measured Santa Barbara Platform


Motion to Reference Signal
(d) Normalized Linear Response Spectra (spike
+ Noise Distortion)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
147

u i - dsia
c ®
"j ? o
•i
CM
oo

o
o'
CM

B-01 During Run


So
o
ID

of Response of Specimen
D
sx.
u
\ «
n
o
CM «
0 - E
1 i-
m

u)
Ld
i-
o

History
to

Fig. 3.4

o
o O o o o o o o'
O CM O CM CM
I
zh "baJJ 0/'33V 0600

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
148

U| *-doia '■pD»y
o o o o o o
•o o o
d T
•*
CM

O
o
CM

B-02 During Run


o
CO

of Response of Specimen
Z
D
£
o
0
\ n
o
N cm i
O - E
I P
00

I—
0)
hi
H

History
o
to

Fig. 3.5

o
M-
'

00
O
O o o o o cm o cm o o o d

z H “ baJJ SS “ioM Ul— »1 O O O t O/'^^V B e D B

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
149
uj "dsia "PDsa
o o o o o o
o <6 o ®
I o
CM

o
o
N

B-05 During Run


o
(0

of Response of Specimen
Z
D
a:
a
\ c
•>
o
in N C
0 - £
1 F
m
h-
V)
UJ
H

History
o
00

Fig. 3.6

o
N-

J J
o o o 0 < n- o o
01 d
zh “bojj % -»oa uj— >i O O O t 'IN 3/'Oov asog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
150

ui ’-deia
O O O o o o
in
d T ° ? o
■t
N

O
oo o
N

B-06 During Run


00

o
to

of Response of Specimen
Z
D
K
00
\
o
<0 d 9
0 - E
1 F
m
i—
<n
Ui
H

History
o
d
„°0

Fig. 3.7

J o
o o o o (M o N o O O o
o d n o 0 «-
1
zh 54 “ v ’H ui— >1 O O O L 0 / ‘=>=V « » 0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
151

ui ••deia ••pooy
O O O O O o
n d 7
^ d T O

PI

00

O
N
oo

of Response of Specimen B-06 During Run


O
cd
tM
Z
D
K
o
\ (I
o
CD pi •
O - £
I F
CD

H
V)
Ui
\—

History
o
o'

Fig. 3.8

o
•*

J J
O O o o □ N o O O
0 «“ o
1
■bojj •pa “ I— ooot •n / -= = v ocog
ZH >1 s

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
152

u{ ••dcja >) ‘'>3o»a


o o 9 o o o
w o n ri o n

(M

o
d
ot

B-06 During Run


o
d
n

of Specimen
z
D
g:
a
«
\ n
O
« 9

of Response
(0
0 E
1 F
m
i—
CO
UJ

History
H
o
to

Fig. 3.9

o
o o o o o N o o

IH •bojj s£ “?oy ui— >1 OOOL ‘w o/*=»=>v « » a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
153

UJ ••dcja "pDoy
9 9 ° o O O
n o n 10 d «
o
N

o
N

Run
During
B-06
o
CO

of Specimen
Z
D
a:
o
\ an
0

of Response
ID 01 o*
O E
I
m
i-
CD
UJ

History
I-
o
00

3.10
Fig.

o
o o o o o o o o o o
o •+ o o o - o
I I I
zh "baJJ s: "loy U I — >1 O O O L 'IN 0 /'3 3 V « “0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
154

uj '•doia "J30»y
o o 9 o o q
10 d ?
^ 6 T o
V
N

O
N

Run
During
B-09
o
(d

of Specimen
Z
D
E
o
e
\ n
a

of Response
0) pi o
O - E
I F
m
|—
(I)
LJ

History
H
o
00

3.11
Fig.

Qd

00

o
o o O O O N o O O o’
o *-
I
2 H t£ '-;oy U[— >1 OOOl ’n 0/'^=>V OSOQ

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
155
uj ••dsja >1 “ p o o y
O O O o o q
ui o
' d 7 o
N

B-10 During Run


N

o
u>

of Response of Specimen
Z
D

u
e
\ I)
o
O pi £
r— " E
I F
CD
H
m

History
u

o
ai

Fig. 3.12

j
o o o o o o
o n
I
zh ••*oy <JJ—Ji OOO L o/'=>o\/ osog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 2 / RUN 1 (M o m e n t D e la y = 1 6 .6 m sec)


200
4 —6 sec.

-200

156
8 —1 0 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

2 O 2 O 2
R otation, percent R otation, percent R otation, percent

Fig. 3.13 Effect of Time Skew on Moment-Rotation Relationship


(a) Moment Signal Delayed by 16.6 msec
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

200 TEST B — 02 / RUN 1 (Moment Delay 6.6 msec)


0 —2 soc. 2 —4 sec,

-200

200 1-- "1....... ........ . "


6 —8 sec. 8 —10 sec, 1 0 —12 aec.

/
/
-200 * *
-2 O 2 -2 O 2
R otation, percen t Rotation, percen t Rotation, percent

Fig. 3.13 (cont.) Effect of Time Skew on Moment-Rotation Relationship


(b) Moment Signal Delayed 6.6 msec (Uncorrected Data)
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

200
TEST B — 02 / RUN 1 (Corrected)
-------------------1------------------ ------- ' ■-T
£ —4 aec.

/ #

I------------------
-2 0 0 ___________l__________

158
200 ------------------1------------------ -----------1---------------

----------- 1----------

OD

o
mA
1
6 —8 see. 1 0 -1 2 sao.


p

c
T
a.
3
/ ?
c w .....
a
Eo
2
. /

-200 - i - ........... — i -----------L _________1___________


-2 2 -2 2 -2
Rotation, parcan t Rotation, parcant Rotation, parcant

Fig. 3.13 (cont.) Effect of Time Skew on Moment-Rotation Relationship


(c) Corrected Data
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

200
TEST B — 02 / RUN 1 (Rotation Delay = 8.4 msec)
2 —4 sec. 4 —6 sec.

c
T
a
x
c
c
E
o
2

-200

Ul
200 VO

8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

-200
-2 0 2 -2 2 - 0 2
R otation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. 3.13 (cont.) Effect of Time Skew on Moment-Rotation Relationship


(d) Rotation Signal Delayed 8.4 sec
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B — 02 / RUN 1
80.0

T 70.0

O 60.0 Rot. Delay, 8.4- msec


Corrected

50.0 Mom. Delay, 6 .6 msec


Mom. Delay, 1 6 .6 msec

160
© 40.0

30.0

m 20.0

a 10.0

0.0
0.0 1.o 2.0
Mean of P e a k Rotations, %

Fig. 3.14 Effect of Time Skew on Apparent Stiffness


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B— 02/ RUN 1


3.0

c v Rot. Delay, 8 .4 msec


• *
'l b \ □ Corrected
X
o Mom. Delay, 6 .6 msec
2.0 b-
:5l •• a Mom. Delay, 16.6 msec
©
0
>*
O
V* \
■0 £j:
© 1.0 •i>. •.:t .V n.v-v. v
+> ▼ / 0\y
0 bi \ '<?■•. / •. \
a A \'Q'a' 0 Q°-d\ •o.
w 4« A ® -o" o ’-jn //o $
(0
j ’\£j'
A-.. 5V
* i i V >0-0
0.0 +4- -A
0>
u
©
c
Id

-1.0 L
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 1 2.0
Time, sec

Fig. 3.15 Effect of Time Skew on Calculated Energy Dissipation


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

400
TEST B-01 RUN
2 —4 aac.

-4 0 0

162
■ ..... »--------- i i-------- .. .... 1 i '1—
6 — 8 sac. 8 — 10 sac. 1 0 - 1 2 sac.

A / A/ A /
. /
/
/
i i______ _ • i » i
-2 O 2 —2 O 2 —2 O 2
Rotation, parcant Rotation, parcant Rotation, parcant

Fig. 3.16 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-01 During Run 1


163

c
9
vu
.
9
a
c
o
o

for Test B-02 During Run


ft

r“

z
D
O' C
9
y
i.
9

Relationship
a
OJ
O
CD o
ft

h*
0)

Moment-Rotation
LU
H
N

Fig. 3.17

c
9
u
u
9
a
c
0
0
ft

-> N
o o O o o O|

•uj— dpi *}u»tjuon *ui— dpi '^ueujow

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 RUN
40 0 ■ ......“T “ 1 .. ""!--------
0 —2 sec. 2 —4 sec. 4 —6 sec.

c
Ta
5
"■1

-------- 1--------
c

.

E
’ --- 1....

o
2
-

-4 0 0

164
400

6 —B sec. 8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

-4 0 0
-2 O 2 -2 2 -2
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. 3.18 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-05 During Run 1


165

C
9
0
u
9a
c
0
0
£

for Test B-06 During Run


N

Z
D
K

Relationship
10
O
o
o:
H
CO
Ld
H

Moment-Rotation
Fig. 3.19

0
QL

o o o o o o|

•ui— dj>i *}u »uj©h

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 6 / RUN 2
200
0— 2 sec. 4— 6 sec.

-200

166
200 “ f" . 1 — - ---- ------ -- ■ -- T
6— 8 sec. 8 — 10 sec. 10— 12 sec.

/ J

(t
/ f

- ^

-200 • ■
-2 O 2
R ot at io n, p e r c e n t R otation, p e r c e n t R ot at io n, p e r c e n t

Fig. 3.20 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-06 During Run 2


167

c
9
U
u
0
a

o
a

for Test B-06 During Run


c
9
U
k.
0
a

Relationship
o
a.

Moment-Rotation

c
Fig. 3.21

0
u
L.
0
a
c
0
0
K

-»*
o o o O O O|
o
N O
N
•u|— d|>i ‘^ u o u j o v n
! •u\— di>i ^uvujo^

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
168

1— -------- r- —

d
0

for Test B-06 During Run


’ n
(0
1
*
i i
I
RUN
/

Relationship
B -0 6
TEST

Moment Rotation
I

.22

o o o o o O|

*U1—dpi *}<j»ujow ‘ui— d[>i (}u » u j o w

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 9 / RUN 1
200
0 —2 sec. 2— 4 9«C. 4 —6 sec.

c
7
a
3
c
t
E0
2

—200 O'*
V£>

200
8 —1 0 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

-200
-2 O 2 -2 2 -2
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. 3.23 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-09 During Run 1


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

--------1
TEST B-10 RUN
1 -- 1----- i
0— 2 s«c. 4— 8 a«c.

v /
V

i t i .. . i

170
400 l 1
8 —1 0 sec. 10-12 aec.

r
/

- 400 I______ ______ i______


-2 O 2
Rotation, parcant Rotation, parcant Rotation, parcant

Fig. 3.24 Moment-Rotation Relationship for Test B-10 During Run 1


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

7 0 .0

c
'| 6 0 .0 B—01.1
X B—02.1
O B — 05.1
O 5 0 .0
O B—09.1
B -1 0 .1
n* 4 0 . 0

171
Cfl
Q)
C
t 3 0 .0
U)
£ 20.0
d)
0
g- 10.0
<

0.0
0.0 1 .0 2.0
M ean of Peak R o ta tio n s , %

Fig. 3.25 Variation of Apparent Stiffness with Peak Rotation


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 2 / RUN 1 (1 .7 6 0 - 1 2 .0 0 0 sec)


0.50

*
pi
® 0.40 -
c
LlI
09
0

0
h 0.30
\
TJ
fl)
L
0
> 0.20
0
0
q:

o. o o *-
o.o 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Mean Cycle Rotation/ Mean Peak Rotation

Fig. 3.26 Energy Retention for Softened Cycles, Test B-02 During Run 1
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 / RUN 1 (1 .6 5 5 - 1 2 .0 0 0 sec)


0 .5 0

oo
0 0 .4 0
c O O OC0
oo
LJ
'ocPo0o
0
+>
0
h 0 .3 0
\
TJ
©
i.
0
> 0.20
0


0>
0.10
c
Id

0.00 L-
0.0 0.2 0 .4 0.6 0.8 1.0
M ean C ycle R o t a t io n / M ean Peak R o ta tio n

Fig. 3.27 Energy Retention for Softened Cycles, Test B-05 During Run 1
174

o
M"

Envelopes
o
CM
0
Q
RUNS

Dynamic Moment-Rotation
c
a)
0

(a) Specimen B-01


/A L L

a)
a
o
o’Wo;
%
o
B -0 1

o
cl
TEST

J
Fig. 3.28

o
CM
CM 10
c c c
3 3 3
CL CL CL

O 0 o^
O o o d o 1
O o C) 0
M" <N CM T
1 1
ui— di>i 4}.u s u _i o |
aj

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B - 0 2 /ALL RUNS


200.0 I 1 1 l l 1' "
o Run 1
* Run 2 o o OO0 00003*^^

1 00.0 -
C o/
7 Of
0
a 1
I
■)
»
n n

175
v u -u
c I
C
Q)
E i
0 o
2 o
- 1 00.0 o -
o
o
l ^ * * * * * * * * ^ 300000000

-200.0 1 .... 1 --- -1 ■■■ 1________1


________
-4.0 - 2.0 0.0 2.0 4.0
R o ta tio n , percent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(b) Specimen B-02
176

Envelopes
o

Dynamic Moment-Rotation
cm

(c) Specimen B-04


V)
Z
D +j
K c
ai
o
_l a)
< a
\ -^Oaoa o
'i- o
0
1
CD
(cont.)
o
I- a:
cn
u
t-
Fig. 3.28

o
CM
t- CM
C C
3 3
a: a:

_ o
o o-t
o o o o o 1
o o o o
CM CM

ui— d i>( '^u sujo ^

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 /A L L RUNS
4 0 0 .0

Run 1

Run 2

Run 3
200.0

0. /
X
f
0.0

177
c
0) i

E
0
2
- 200.0

*%•©< XX X X * x *

-4 0 0 .0
-4 .0 — 2 .0 0 .0 2.0 4 .0
R o ta tio n , percent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(d) Specimen B-05
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 6 /A L L RUNS
200.0
o Run 1

X Run 2

□ Run 3 o
o
10 0 . 0 o
o
c + Run 4 u

Q. /
'x
4J 0.0
c (
C
a) 00
E /
o
2
10 0 .0 o
o

- 200.0
-4 .0 - 2.0 0.0 2.0 4 .0
R o tatio n , p ercent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(e) Specimen B-06
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 7 /A L L RUNS
4 0 0 .0

Run 1
a a o oas%
Run 2

Run 3
200.0

o
o
o
o
a o
o
'x
0.0 /
c VO
0)
E 7
0
5
O
- 200.0 JO
o

Wxx

■ 4 0 0.0
-4 .0 - 2.0 0.0 2.0 4 .0
R o ta tio n , percent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(f) Specimen B-07
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 8 /A L L RUNS
200.0 I I T " "■ ....... "T“" --- r — ---- 1----------

o Run 1

x Run 2
o
o
o
o Run 3 o
o
1 0 0 .0 o
o
C o
0
o
7 o
0
a 8
x >
)
(
c £
Q)
E
0 J
- 2 o
o
o
- 1 00.0 o
o

gfnini%lim'TI. V

- 200.0 _.l 1 1 1 t 1
-4 .0 -2 .0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0
R o ta tio n , p e r c e n t

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(g) Specimen B-08
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 9 /A L L RUNS
200.0 1 ... 1 " ------ 1
---------- 1 1 1" ■

o Run 1
x xxxxxxwowmw
A X „„
XX X Xy *XX
X XX
* Run 2
A
oo°
100.0 O
o
o
c o
o
o
o
7 o
Q. s
X >
>

181
C j
V 0
E
0 /
2
- 1 00.0

- 200.0 1 1 » ..... • 1 1
-4 .0 —2 . 0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0
R o tatio n , p e r c e n t

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(h) Specimen B-09
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -1 0 /A L L RUNS
4 0 0 .0

Run

Run ° °°°ooa%x * ***■


Run
200.0
c Run
‘l
a
'x
o.o
c
a)
E
o
2
- 200.0

- 4 0 0 . 0 ■—
—4 .0 — 2.0 0.0 2.0 4 .0
R o ta tio n , percent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(i) Specimen B-10
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—11 /A L L RUNS


200.0

Run + + + ++++%
°oa“V *
Run

Run
00.0
c Run

a
x
o.o

183
c
V
E
0
2
00.0

- 200.0
-4 .0 —2 .0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0
R o tatio n , percent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(j) Specimen B-ll
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—12 /A L L RUNS


4 0 0 .0 I I I ' 1 1 .......1—......

o Run 1

« Run 2 o
o
o Run 3
200.0 /
o
o

o
/
o
o
)
0.0
c
0) O
i 00
■>
o
E o
0
2
/
o
- 200.0 o
fip
£
tooo

•4 0 0 .0 1 1 1. . . . . . . . __________ 1 . ___________I
.1 --------
-4 .0 - 2.0 0.0 2.0 4 .0
Rotation, percent

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(k) Specimen B-12
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—13 /A L L RUNS


400.0 1 ---- I------ 1— , f ...T—

o Run 1

x Run 2 A ’* *

200.0
o/
*
C /
op
7 o
Q. ooo
X o

J 0.0
f

185
c
V /
E O
0
2
/
- 200.0 o -
*

-400.0 1 1 I _______ I ______1________1___


-4.0 — 2.0 0.0 2.0 4.0
R o ta tio n , p ercen t

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(1) Specimen B-13
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—14 /A L L RUNS


200.0 1— ------1---------- 1---------- — r - ...t --- ---- 1----------

o Run 1
* Run 2 X

o Run 3 9
1 0 0 .0
c /
O
o
o
'l
Q.
X !
0.0
c L
a) £
C
E O
o o
2 /o
- 1 0 0 .0 o

- 200.0 1 1 1 i .-- i i
-4 .0 -2 .0 0 .0 2 .0 4 .0
R o ta tio n , p e r c e n t

Fig. 3.28 (cont.) Dynamic Moment-Rotation Envelopes


(m) Specimen B-14
Envelopes
Dynamic Moraent-Rotation
U)

Specimen B-15
z
D
a:

<
\

(n)
t—

CD (cont.)
I—
I/)
U
I-
3.28
Fig.

o o o o

ui — di>i ‘^ u a u j o ^ i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

ALL TESTS
4 0 0 .0

X
m
+>
C
0
E
0

188
2
200.0

+>
c
0)
L
0
a App 1.17 x Calc
a
< App, Calc.

0.0
0.0 200.0 4 0 0 .0
C a lc u la te d Yield M o m e n t, k —in

Fig. 3.29 Comparison of Apparent Yield Moments with Static Estimates


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

ALL TESTS
4 0 0 .0
M eas, Calc.
M eas. 0 .9 0 x Calc.
c Maas. 0 .8 0 x Calc.
T
X
*
+>
c Q'O
0 S o
E 00
0
2
V

189
® 200.0
3
«
0
0
2

E
3
E
X
0
2

0.0
0 .0 2 0 0 .0 4 0 0 .0
C a lc u la te d U p p e r B ound M o m e n t, k —in

Fig. 3.30 Comparison of Peak Moments with Static Bound


(b) Specimen B-10, After Run 1 (42-in. beam span)

Fig. 3.31 Effect of Varied Span Length on Observed Damage

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
191

(a) Pilot Specimen (analog to B-01), After


Testing (Strong)

(b) Specimen B-ll, After Testing (Weak)

Fig. 3.32 Effect of Varied Strength on Observed Damage

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

IN ITIA L F R E E —V IB R A T IO N TESTS/ ALL S P E C IM E N S


12.0
Uncr.
0 .7 0 7 x Uncr.

10.0

N
I

> 8.0
0
c
3
O’

192
2 6.0
li.
TJ
<U

1 4.0
0
Q)
2

2.0

0.0
0.0 2.0 4 .0 6.0 S.O 10.0 12.0
C a lc u la te d U n cracked F re q u en cy , Hz

Fig. 3.33 Comparison of Measured to Calculated Initial Frequencies


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

F R E E —V IB R A T IO N TESTS/ ALL S P E C IM E N S
0.1 4
0.031 kip— aee/ln

0.12

ooo o

193
oo

0 .0 6

2 0.0 4

oo

0.02

0.00 ---
0.00 0.02 0 .0 4 0 .0 6 0 .0 8 0.1 O
M ass x M easu red F req u en cy, k i p —s / i n

Fig. 3.34 Evaluation of Damping Coefficient from Free-Vibration


Tests
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Force

194
Disp.

sd

(a) Cyclic Energy Absorption


for Damped Linear System

(b) Relationship Between Spectral Shapes

Fig. 4.1 Properties of Linear Energy Response Spectra


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

El C e n tro / 2% D a m p in g
12 5 .0

10 0 .0

7 5 .0

195

in
*
-o
to
5 0 .0
Qa

2 5 .0

0.0
0.0 2 5 .0 5 0 .0 7 5 .0 100.0 12 5 .0
Energy Spectrum, Se

Fig. 4.1 (cont.) Properties of Linear Energy Response Spectra


(c) Check of Assumed Relationship
196

B'

Damping Ratio = 0.10

0
T

Period

Fig. 4.2 Determination of Characteristic Period

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ALL TESTS/ FIRST RUN
197

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
0.5 1.0 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0
C a (max) / g S„ / g
Fig. 4.3 Variation of Drift Expressions with Strength-Related Independent Variables
198

Independent Variables
of Drift Expressions with Period—Related
FIRST RUN
ALL TESTS/

Variation
Fig. 4.4

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ALL TESTS/ FIRST RUN
199

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
1.0 2.0 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 0.0 0.5 1.0
C * g / a (max) C * g / S„ T0 / Tg
Fig. 4.5 Variations of Drift Expressions with Dimensionless Independent Variables
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

ALL TESTS/ F IR S T RUN


1 .5

200
X)
in

E
a

0 .5

0.0
1 2 3

Measured Rotation Ductility

Fig. 4.6 Variation of the Ratio of Measured to Computed Linear Displacement


Response with Rotation Ductility
201

ALL TESTS/ F IR S T RUN


6

4
Dm / D

slope
slope 0.83

0 V-
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 1 0.0
Sa / C * g

(a) Nominal Ductility Ratio

5
Ductility

4
Rotation

3
Measured

1
co

0 >-
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
sa / C * g

(b) Actual Ductility Ratio

Fig. 4.7 Variation of Displacement Ductility with Strength Ratio

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

N O R M A L IZ E D L IN E A R RESPONSE/ 2% D A M P IN G FA C T O R

C astalc

Centro

Barbara

202
0.0 0.2 0 .4 0.6 0.8 1 .0
P e rio d , sec

Fig. 5.1 Relative Frequency Content of Base Motions


203

IDEALIZED LINEAR SPECTRUM

Equation 5.1

4Dg

c
CD
E
a>
o 10%
jo
co 2Dg
CL

Dg

T, 2T,

Period

Fig. 5.2 Idealization of Linear Response Spectrum

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

N O R M A L IZ E D L IN E A R RESPONSE/ 2% D A M P IN G FACTO R
4 .0 Caatalc

El Centro

S. Barbara
Idealized (Eq. 5 .1 )
3 .0

204
2.0
\/

0.0 •—
0.0 0 .5 1 .0 1 .5 2.0

Period / Tg

Fig. S.3 Evaluation of Idealized Spectral Shape


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

ALL TESTS/ F IR S T TW O RUNS


3 .0 C astalc Tests

El Centro Tests

S. B arbara Tests

Idealized Linear (Eq. 5 .1 )

2.0

205
.0

0.0 L_
0.0 0 .5 1 .O 1 .5

Period / Tg

Fig. 5.A Comparison of Normalized Test Results with Idealized Linear Spectrum
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

ALL TESTS/ F IR S T TW O RUNS


3.0
Castatc Tests

Centro Tests

Barbara Tests

TR + SR 0 .8 5

2.0

206
a:
a

a'nfii

CD

0 . 0 L-
0.0 0.5 1 .0 1 .5 2.0
TR + SR

Fig. 5.5 Variation of Displacement Ratio with Sum of Period


and Strength Ratio
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

ALL TESTS/ F IR S T TW O RUNS

0.8 TR + SR 0 .8 5

0.6

207
0 .4

Q d\
0.2

0.0
0.0 0.2 0 .4 0.6 0.8 1 .0 1 .2 1 .4
TR

Fig. 5.6 Division of Period Ratio-Strength Ratio Plane


by Displacement Ratio Criterion
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

O
TR SR 0 .8 5 (Eq. 5 .6 )
TR SR 1.0 (Eq. 5 .7 )

O .S SR 0 .9 * E X P (—T R /0 .3 ) + 0.1 (Eq. 5 .8 )

0.6

208
0 .4

0.2

0 .0 L-
0.0 0.2 0 .4 0.6 O.S 1 .0 1 .2 1 .4
TR

Fig. 5.7 Comparison of Suggested Dividing Lines for Period Ratio-


Strength Ratio Plane
209

Moment

Rotation

Fig. 6.1 Takeda Hysteresis Model

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
210

My

C u rv a tu re , <p

Fig. 6.2 Assumed Moment-Curvature Relationship

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
211

N.A.

1777;
(n 1) A

Fig. 6.3 Uncracked Transformed Section

(n -1 ) A

n A

Fig. 6.4 Fully-Cracked Transformed Section

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
212

600.

O Cylinder Tests
" 500.
a

£ 40 0 .
o>
c
* 300.
4->
01
® 200.
'in
c
« 100.

0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000.


C o m p re s s iv e S tre n g th , psi

Fig. 6.5 Concrete Tensile Strength

4000.

Cylinder Tests
"n
x
3000.
Ec = 46.9 fTc
01
2
3
0 2000.
2

c
0 1000.
(U
V)

0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000.


C o m p re s s iv e S tre n g th , psi

Fig. 6.6 Concrete Secant Modulus

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
213

r
igi
d

<Pc\ ■-

(a) Cracking

jU U rn ^
<Pc\ ~
% 2 -

% -
(b) Yield

Fig. 6.7 Curvature Distributions

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
214

varies

30 in

3 @ 36 in

2
E, ksi A, in 1, in R = M / Lt

Column © 29,000 0.8 0 0=|A a - Abl / L t

Platform © 29,000 oo 36.1 6/M =|A Q - Abl / R L f

Platform Supports © 29,000 5.4 0

Fig. 6.8 Member Model for Support Deformation Analysis

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
215

M /r

rigid

77777777}

E = 3500 ksi
Au = 100 in2

0 / M =
M z

Fig. 6.9 Member Model for Panel Deformation Analysis

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
216

Panel Edge
Deform ed Shape

Fig. 6.10 Panel Indentation Mechanism

Dona o i f ess
Distribution

Fig. 6.11 Bar Slip Mechanism

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
217

Index
Error
X
o

Frequency-Domain
c
(D
3
cr
a)
i_
Li_

ro

6.12
\

Fig.
Amplitude

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
218
i--------- 1----------1--------- 1 — i--------- 1----------1----------1----------1----------1----------1

Test B—01

-2
2 Test B—02
f\

-2 v
Test B—03

2
Test B—0 4
(0
o
V
2

-2
LJ

2r Test B—05

c
o

Test B—06

-2
Test B—07

-2
L I J
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
Time, sec

Fig. 6.13 Comparison of Calculated to Measured Response

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
219
T • l I--------1-------- 1-------- 1-------- 1--------1--------1
2 Test B - 0 8

•2
2 Test B—09

0
Anfi-AAA/N-/vwvWV|
■2
2

2
2 Test B -1 2

2
2 Test B - 1 3

O •^ A a M / \ A A ^ v ^

2
2 Test B—1 4

2
2 Test B—1 5

2
i__________i__________ i__________i_________ i__________i---------- 1----------1--------- ■----------1
0. 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
Time, sec

Fig. 6.13 (cont.) Comparison of Calculated to Measured Response

of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.


TEST B -01 / RUN 1

2.0
Acceleration, g

0.0

- 2.0
2 0 .0 r-
U ncorrected Velocity, in /s

220
2 0.0 •-

20.0
C orrected Velocity, in /s

vyv*

20.0
L _L X
0.0 4 .0 8.0 12.0 1 6.0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. 6.14 Relative Velocity Baseline Correction by Digital Filtering


221

Moment

max

Rotation
max

Fig. 6.15 Stiffness of Substitute Linear System

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

3 .0
C

c
Q)
E
(U
0
5 2.0
Q.
in
5
v
L.
3
0

222
£ i.o
Q)

D
-p
in
D
3
(/)
0.0
0 .0 1.0 2 .0 3 .0
M easured D is p la c e m e n t , in

Fig. 6.16 Evaluation of Estimated Displacements from Substitute-


Structure Method
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

0.20 TXT

E arth q u ake Runs


0.1 8

0.1 6

0.1 4

0.1 2

0.10

0 .0 8

223
0 .0 6

0 .0 4

0.02

0.00 1
O. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
R o ta tio n Ductility Ratio

Fig. 6.17 Correlation of Substitute Damping with Rotation Ductility


224

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF EXPERIMENTAL WORK

A.1 Test Specimen

A.1.1 Configuration

The test specimen (Fig. A.l) comprised a reinforced concrete beam element

supported on one end by a stiff reinforced concrete panel and on the other by a

steel pipe column with a bracket. Steel plates ("mass plates") were fixed to

the top of the panel to enhance inertial forces during dynamic tests.

The reinforced concrete beam element was rectangular in cross-section.

Nominal width and overall depth were 4 and 8 in. respectively. Flexural

reinforcing was provided in equal quantities top and bottom by continuous

deformed steel bars with 90-degree hooks at each end. Closed stirrups of plain

steel wire were used as transverse reinforcement.

The stiff panel was designed to carry shear and axial forces resulting

from inertial and gravity loading. Reinforcing was provided by a rectangular

grid of deformed steel bars (pv - 0.0064, - 0.0046) to preclude degradation

of the panel under cyclic loading. The nominal 30-in. width of the panel was

chosen to provide anchorage for the beam flexural reinforcement. A grid of

steel sleeves was cast into the panel for connection of a rotational hinge at

the base and attachment of the mass plates at the top.

The pipe column and bracket support assembly carried the end reaction for

the beam. Hinges at the top and bottom of the assembly permitted beam-end

rotation and horizontal translation. At the top, a steel shaft passed through

a sleeve in the beam and was fastened to flange roller bearings on the outside

of the steel bracket which straddled the beam from beneath. The bracket was

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
225

connected to a length of circular steel pipe having a pillow block bearing

assembly at its base.

Diagonal lateral bracing was provided at the center of the panel and

column assemblies to restrain out-of-plane movement. Panel braces made of

steel pipe were fastened with universal rod ends to the mass plates at the top

and to a base plate assembly that bolted into the platform at the base. The

pipe column and bracket assembly was braced with steel rope cables with

turnbuckles to allow for adjustment of cable tension.

A.1.2 Dimensions

A complete summary of nominal dimensions of the test specimen is given in

Chapter 2. Measurements of gross concrete cross-sectional dimensions were

made according to the plan shown in Fig. A.2 using a calibrated vernier caliper

with a least count of 0.001 inches. The measured dimensions are presented in

Table A.I.

Measurements of concrete cover for flexural reinforcing were made at the

top and bottom of the beams following the completion of dynamic tests. The

cover was chipped away with a chisel from an intact surface of the beam that

was nearest to the panel end. Cover thickness was measured using a 1-in.

outside micrometer with a least count of 0.001 inches. Cover measurements are

presented in Table A.2.

A.1.3 Weight

The weight of elements of the test specimen and connection hardware that

contributed to the overall inertia was determined by one of two methods.

Pieces too heavy to lift by hand were weighed by splicing a steel link with a

calibrated four-arm strain bridge between the lifting hock and extension cables

of the 20-ton overhead crane. Differences in microstrain output read from a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
226

Baldwin-Lima-Hamilton SR-4 (Type N) strain indicator with the crane loaded and

unloaded were recorded. The strain bridge was calibrated at 305.2 microstrain

per 1000 lb. Therefore, for the strain indicator least count of 1 microstrain,

weight measurements by this procedure are precise to within ± 3 lb. Mass plate

clusters were weighed in an assembled state to reduce the accumulation of error

in the total weight. Smaller pieces were weighed on a Toledo platform scale

with a maximum capacity of 800 lb and minimum gradation of 0.5 lb. A summary

of weight measurements is presented in Table A.3.

A.1.4 Materials

(a) Concrete

Test specimens were cast from a mix comprising Lonestar brand Type III

(high early strength) portland cement, pea gravel coarse aggregate with a

maximum size of 3/8 in., Wabash River torpedo sand fine aggregate and water.

All solids were thoroughly dried before batching. Preliminary proportions of

the mix were set based on findings of previous experimental studies carried out

at the Structural Research Laboratory of the University of Illinois [18,28],

which used the same materials. Trial batch tests were performed to refine mix

proportions so that a target compressive strength in the range of 4000 to 5000

psi at 28 days could be achieved along with serviceable slump values at time of

casting. The ratio of the mix used by dry weight was 1.0 : 3.2 : 3.5 (cement :

sand : pea gravel). The water/cement ratio was initially set at 0.83 and was

progressively increased to 0.88 until strength values measured on test days

approached the target range. Slumps measured at time of casting varied from 6-

1/4 to 9 inches.

Batch volume was set so that the test specimen, sixteen 4x8-in. cylinders,

and six 2x2x8-in. prisms could all be cast from a single batch. Three

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
227

cylinders were tested in concentric compression at 7 days to give an indication

of strength gain for the particular water/cement ratio used. The remaining

tests on control specimens were all performed on the same day as dynamic tests.

Six cylinders were tested in concentric compression at a load rate controlled

to increase estimated axial stress at a rate of 40 psi/second. Five cylinders

were subjected to compression in a horizontal position at a load rate

controlled to generate an average estimated tensile stress increment along a

vertical plane of 150 psi/minute to establish splitting tensile strength. Six

prisms were subjected to center point loading over a 6-in. span to determine

modulus of rupture. The load rate was controlled so that estimated extreme

fiber stress increased at a rate of 150 psi/minute. Test-day strength values

are presented in Table A.4.

Cylinder axial deformations were recorded at load increments of 5000 lb

and at ultimate during the concentric compression tests. A mechanical dial

gage with a least count of 0.001 in. was used to indicate movement of the gage

frame over a 5-in. length. The configuration of the gage frame was such that

indicated frame movement corresponded to twice the deformation at the cylinder

centerline. Deformations recorded at or near ultimate load are prone to

substantial error because of the high rate of change in the visually recorded

dial gage reading. Deformations corresponding to the descending portion of the

stress-strain curve beyond ultimate load could not be recorded because of test

equipment limitations. A least-squares procedure was used to a fit a parabola

through the computed stress-strain coordinates for all cylinders for each

specimen. The strain values were then shifted by the strain intercept

(corresponding to zero stress) so that the curve passed through the origin of

the plot. Shifted data points and fitted curves for the control cylinders of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
228

each specimen are shown in Figure A.3. Table A.5 presents coefficients,

strain intercepts and initial slope (corresponding to initial tangent modulus)

for the least-squares curves for each specimen.

(b) Reinforcing Steel

Beam flexural reinforcement was provided by #3 or #4 deformed steel bars.

The #3 bars were purchased in straight 20-ft. lengths from the Thomas Steel

Corporation of Lemont, Illinois. The #4 bars were purchased in straight 30-ft.

lengths from Central Steel and Wire Company of Chicago. For each bar type, the

suppliers certified that all lengths came from the same heat. One sample from

each stock bar length was tested to failure in uniaxial tension at a nominal

strain rate of 0.001/sec. to determine stress-strain characteristics of the

steel. Analog recordings were made on an X-Y plotter of calibrated voltage

outputs from a 1-in. extensometer (X) and the test machine load cell (Y). Mean

and standard deviation of prominent stress-strain characteristics for each bar

type computed from test measurements are presented in Table A.6. Stress-strain

curves are shown in Figure A.4.

Beam transverse reinforcement was provided by #10 gage or #5 gage bright-

basic plain steel wire bent into closed rectangular stirrups. Beams with #3

deformed longitudinal bars used #10 gage stirrups. The beams with #4 bars used

the #5 gage stirrups. All steel wire for transverse reinforcing was purchased

from Central Steel and Wire Company. The wire was delivered in 10-ft. lengths

that were cut from straightened 24-in. inside diameter coils. Five samples of

each type of wire were tested to failure in the same manner as the flexural bar

samples.

Panel reinforcement was provided by #3 deformed steel bars that were

purchased in straight 30-ft. lengths from Central Steel and Wire Company. Five

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
229

samples were tested to failure in uniaxial tension to determine yield and

ultimate strength.

Material properties for transverse and panel reinforcement are presented

in Table A.7.

(c) Connection Steel

ASTM A53 Type E structural steel pipe, having a specified minimum yield

stress of 35 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of 60 ksi, was used for the

beam reaction support column. The pipe cross-section was 1-1/2 in. nominal

standard wall (1.90 in. actual o.d., 0.145 in. wall thickness). The specified

minimum yield stress was used for design of the reaction column.

Steel plate material used in connections was ASTM A36 structural steel

plate with a specified minimum yield stress of 36 ksi and a minimum tensile

strength of 58 ksi. Specified minimum strengths were assumed for design of

connections using plate material.

SAE grade 1018 cold-drawn steel round, having a specified minimum yield

stress of 60 ksi and a minimum tensile strength of 70 ksi, was used to

fabricate end-threaded shafts which penetrated the concrete panel to fasten the

mass plates at the top and the base hinge at the bottom. SAE grade 1144

"Stressproof" strain-relieved steel round, with a specified minimum yield

stress of 100 ksi and minimum tensile strength of 125 ksi, was used to

fabricate the shaft which passed through the beam end and support bracket. All

primary bolted connections were made using ASTM A325 high-strength steel bolts

and nuts. Secondary connections were made using fasteners of ASTM A307

material.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
230

A.1.5 Fabrication

Original lengths of deformed bars to be used as longitudinal reinforcement

were cut into straight equal pieces slightly longer than the required overall

fabricated length and labelled as a group. The remaining length was labelled

in the same manner and preserved for use as a test sample. Ninety-degree bends

were made at each end of the cut pieces to provide hooks with an extension of

12 bar diameters. Excess length was then cut from the end of the last hook.

Closed stirrups with 1/2 in. of clear cover and 135-degree bends to

provide inward hooks of at least 2-1/2 in. were fabricated from bright-basic

steel wire. A test sample was preserved from each original length of wire.

Five samples of each wire type were selected at random for testing.

All reinforcement was washed with a petroleum-based solvent and then

cleaned with acetone.

Beam reinforcing cages were fabricated by tying deformed longitudinal bars

to the corners of the closed stirrups, which were spaced at 1-3/4 in. The

stirrups were placed so that the hooks extended into the core in an alternating

pattern. Tied cages were set on their sides so that the panel reinforcement

curtain could be threaded through one end and then tied. Hairpin bars made of

plain steel wire were then tied to the panel reinforcement curtain above and

below the beam cage to provide confinement. Reinforcing details are shown in

Fig. A.5.

Formwork consisted of rolled-steel angles screwed to a flat horizontal

platform with sliding bulkheads at the beam and panel ends to admit variations

in specimen size (Fig. A.6). Side forms were fabricated from 5x3-l/2x3/8-in.

angle. The 5-in. leg was cut to 4 in. and machined smooth. Holes were drilled

through the shorter leg at an average spacing of 3 inches. An identical

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
231

pattern of holes was drilled through the platform and tapped to receive screws

along the perimeter of the forms. Galvanized steel tubes with brass caps at

both ends were screwed into the platform to provide blockouts for connection

shafts. Richmond type EC-2F strut lifting inserts with 3/4-in. coarse thread

sleeves were screwed to the inside face of vertical forms at 3 locations to

allow for lifting of the finished specimen using the overhead crane.

After the formwork was assembled, all gaps and unused holes were stopped

up and a thin coating of oil was applied to prevent bonding to form steel. The

pre-assembled beam and panel reinforcement was set on 1/2-in. bar chairs inside

the form reservoir and tied to the tube inserts to prevent sliding. A helical

coil of #5 gage plain steel wire was tied around the blockout tube at the beam

end to provide additional confinement. The beam reinforcement was pressed

against the bar chairs using C-clamps on vertical legs of the formwork to

prevent floating during concrete placement.

Specimens were cast individually on the dates listed in the chronology of

experimental work (Table A.7). A 250-lb. primer mix was run through the mixer

and then discarded. All concrete for the test and control specimens was mixed

in a single batch. The fresh concrete was dumped into 3 wheelbarrows.

Concrete for the slump test and control specimens was taken from the second

wheelbarrow. Concrete was placed in the forms with shovels and by hand, and

consolidated with a stud vibrator. The C-clamps used to restrain reinforcement

movement were removed after vibration and the upright surface of the specimen

was screeded smooth. Once the surface had begun to set, a metal trowel was

used to achieve a smooth final finish. Side forms, brass caps and screws at

blockout tubes, and screws holding the lifting inserts were removed within four

to six hours after placement so that shrinkage would not be restrained. The

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
232

specimen was then covered with wet burlap and plastic and allowed to cure on

the casting platform. Curing was interrupted at 3 days for a period of

approximately 10 minutes to lift the specimen from the platform and set it in a

horizontal position on a grid of 2x4-in. timbers elsewhere in the laboratory.

The specimen was recovered immediately with wet burlap and plastic and allowed

to cure in this manner for 7 more days. At the end of 10 days, plastic and

burlap were removed exposing the specimen to ambient laboratory conditions.

Specimens were stored on the flat timber grid until erection. Control

specimens were cured in the same manner as the test specimen.

A .1.6 Erection Procedure

The test specimen was prepared for lifting by screwing a steel ring into a

threaded lifting insert that was located along the top edge of the panel at the

plan mass centroid. The overhead crane was then used to rotate the specimen

about the base of the panel until it was upright and ready for transport. The

specimen was set upright on the laboratory floor while steel brackets for the

panel base connection were fastened to the base of the panel. The specimen was

then positioned over the test platform and lowered until the bottom plates of

the base connection brackets were resting on the mounting face of the Fafnir

pillow blocks at the panel centerline. The brackets were loosely bolted to the

base pillow blocks to allow for final adjustments while making the beam end

connection. A detail of the pin connection at the panel base is shown in Fig.

A.7. The beam end support assembly was rotated into position, straddling the

beam so that the centers of the flange bearings on the bracket aligned with

the blockout penetration at the end of the beam. A taper-ended shaft was then

pressed through the bracket and beam openings and fastened to the flanged

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
233

bearings on the bracket. The beam end connection detail is illustrated in Fig.

A.8. Once the beam end connection had been made, the bolts at the panel base

connection were final-tightened.

With the specimen supported at the panel base and beam end, the overhead

crane was not needed for stability and could be used to lift the mass plates

into position. When the first mass plate had been positioned by the crane, the

connection shafts were slipped through the mass plate and panel until they were

flush with the opposite face of the specimen. Hydraulic platforms were

positioned beneath the plate to support the load and the diagonal pipe brace

was then installed temporarily to stabilize the plate on the platforms so that

the overhead crane could be cut loose. The crane was then used to lift the

second mass plate into position on the opposite face of the panel so that the

shafts could be slid the rest of the way through. Once the mass plates had

been tightened against the face of the panel, the hydraulic platforms and

temporary brace were removed and the crane was cut loose. The lengths of the

diagonal braces were adjusted so that they could be installed free of initial

load that would restrain the rotation of the universal joints at their ends.

Rows of screws on the inside face of the mass plates were tightened against the

panel to prevent longitudinal slip. Details of mass plate and diagonal brace

connections are presented in Fig. A.9-A.11.

Fillets of hydrocal were placed along connection interfaces at the mass

plates and panel base so that slip between panel concrete and steel plates

could be detected.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
234

A.2 Experimental Apparatus

A.2.1 Earthquake Simulator

All tests were carried out on the University of Illinois Earthquake

Simulator. The simulator system comprises a servo-control center, a hydraulic

actuator system and the test platform. The simulator was designed to subject

test specimens weighing up to 10,000 lb to a single horizontal component of

recorded base motion. Base motions used for earthquake simulation tests are

discussed in detail in Chapter 2.

The control center featured the newly installed MTS Systems Corporation

(Minneapolis, MN) 469 single-axis control system which used three-variable

servo control. Three-variable servo control combines acceleration,

displacement and velocity feedback signals to form a single composite error

signal. Acceleration and displacement feedback signals originate from

dedicated transducers that sense actuator motions. The MTS 469 control system

uses a "velocity computer" to generate velocity feedback by combining low-

frequency velocity components from differentiated displacement feedback and

high-frequency velocity components from integrated acceleration feedback to

form a single signal. An independent computer converts a digital displacement

drive signal to an analog form that is sent to the reference generator of the

MTS 469 control system. The reference generator differentiates the drive

signal displacements to produce velocity and acceleration reference signals.

The servo controller produces the composite error signal by comparing

displacement, velocity and acceleration feedback signals with their respective

reference signals. In response to the composite error signal, a valve command

signal is issued that compensates for the difference between command reference

and feedback signals by generating the appropriate actuator motion. The time

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
235

scale of the base motion is adjusted by specifying the time step between

digital drive signal data points. The span setting on the MTS 469 control

system is used to scale the amplitude of the base motion within the limits of

system performance.

The hydraulic actuator system comprises five main parts: the actuator

itself, a servo valve, a pilot valve, hydraulic pumps and hydraulic

accumulators. The MTS Systems model 250.40 hydraulic actuator has an area of

25.66 sq. in. and is rated at 75 kips peak force. The ram has a stroke limit

of 4.0 in. dynamic and 4.5 in. static (double amplitude). Actuator motion is

controlled by the MTS Systems model 253.31 servo valve and model 252.21C-01

pilot valve. Two MTS Systems hydraulic pumps provide a combined peak flow

capacity of 90 gpm. Three 3000 psi Greer hydraulic accumulators with a

combined volume of 1-1/2 gallons prevent loss of oil supply in case of isolated

excessive demand.

The test platform, manufactured by Ormond Incorporated (Santa Fe Springs,

CA), is 12 ft. square in plan and consists of a 3/8 in. plate welded to 5 in.

deep I-beams that are spaced on 12 in. centers. The I-beams span continuously

over four lines of flexure plates that have reduced sections at their top and

bottom ends. The flexure plates produce a mechanism that allows virtually

unrestrained lateral motion of the test platform up to a single amplitude

displacement of 2-1/2 inches. A grid of 1/2-in. fine thread holes at 12-in.

spacing was provided in the platform surface for fastening experimental

payloads.

For this series of tests, a 3/4-in. thick plate partially covering the

surface was screwed into the grid of threaded holes. Stub plates to receive

shafts for panel base and beam end connections were welded to this cover plate.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
236

Test specimen base connection details are presented in Fig. A. 7 and A.8 and

discussed in detail in section A.1.6 of this appendix. A reference column for

displacement measurement, formed from a W21x57 structural steel section with

1/4-in. thick side cover plates welded between flanges added for torsional

stiffness, was bolted to the cover plate. The reference column was further

stiffened by a pair of 4-in. square steel tubes which spanned diagonally

between the column (at approximately 2/3-height) and the platform surface.

The test platform was linked to the hydraulic actuator with a steel shaft

that had reduced sections at its ends. The link efficiently transmitted

horizontal actuator forces to the test platform but provided little restraint

to platform vertical movement.

A.2.2 Free-Vibration Test Setup

Free-vibration tests were conducted to measure specimen natural frequency

prior to the first, and following each, earthquake simulation. A schematic

drawing of the free-vibration test setup is presented in Figure A.12.

The specimen was given an initial displacement under a 200-lb horizontal

force applied by hanging a weight from a pulley system connected to the top of

the panel element. The specimen was set into free vibration by cutting a link

in the cable supporting the hung weight. Output for acceleration and

displacement transducers located near the top of the specimen were amplified to

improve ordinate resolution and recorded. Initial estimates of natural

frequency were made from amplified displacement transducer output recorded on a

calibrated strip chart recorder.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
237

A.3 Instrumentat ion

Test platform motions and specimen response during earthquake simulation

and free-vibration tests were measured using a combination of acceleration,

displacement and force transducers. Readings from 31 individual instruments,

located as shown in Figure A.13, were recorded at a sampling rate of 200 points

per second. The data acquisition system used to record instrumental output is

described in detail in section A.4 of this appendix.

A.3.1 Accelerometers

Seventeen acceleration transducers, known as accelerometers, were used to

measure absolute accelerations of the test platform, the responding test

specimen and the W21x57 reference column described in section A.2. Base

acceleration was recorded at the level of the platform cover plate as well as

at the centerline of the panel base connection. Duplicate measurements of

response acceleration along the height of the panel element were provided by

four pairs of accelerometers. Specimen transverse accelerations were measured

at the beam centerline elevation at both the panel centerline and beam end.

Vertical response acceleration was measured in two locations at the edge of the

top surface of opposite mass plates. Reference column accelerations were

recorded at a point near the top of the column. All accelerometers were

Endevco model 2262C-25 piezoresistive type. Manufacturer's ratings are listed

in Table A.9.

A.3.2 LVDTs

Thirteen displacement transducers, known as LVDTs (Linear Variable

Differential Transformers), were used to measure relative displacement. Test

platform displacement relative to the actuator reaction frame was measured by

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
238

the displacement feedback LVDT that is part of the MTS 469 control system

described in section A.2.1. Duplicate measurements of longitudinal response

displacement relative to the reference column along the height of the panel

were provided by three pairs of ± 3-in. LVDTs. Vertical displacement of the

panel edges relative to the test platform surface was measured using a pair of

± 1-in. LVDTs. Four ± 1-in. LVDTs were placed at the level of top and bottom

longitudinal bars on each vertical face of the beam to measure displacement of

a point 8 in. into the beam span relative to the intact face of the panel for

the purpose of estimating beam rotation over the anticipated plastic hinging

zone. Collins model 711T42 LVDTs were used for ± 1-in. range applications.

Pennsauken model 3000 HR LVDTs were used for ± 3-in. range applications. The

MTS 469 control system uses a Collins model LMT13408, ± 2.5-in. range LVDT for

displacement feedback. Table A.10 summarizes manufacturer's ratings for the

LVDTs used in the instrumentation program.

A.3.3 Load Cell

The load carried by the steel pipe column which supported the beam end was

measured by a calibrated four-arm strain bridge that was installed on the

outside of the pipe section. Four 1/4-in. Micro-Measurements electronic strain

gages were arranged in a four-arm bridge so that strains due to flexure in the

pipe would cancel.

A.4 Data Acquisition and Reduction

A.4.1 Transducer Output

Analog output signals from accelerometers, LVDTs and the column load cell

were amplified prior to sampling and digitization. A schematic diagram of the

signal path is shown in Figure A.14.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
239

For each test, a program of calibrations was undertaken to monitor

fluctuations in channel gain and baseline drift over the duration of the test.

A set of voltage differences correspondingto mechanical steps of known

magnitude was recorded. Immediately following the mechanical calibrations,

voltage differences corresponding to electronic voltage substitutions were

recorded. Before each test run where data were recorded, similar electrical

differences were recorded that provided ratios for scale factor adjustment to

compensate for fluctuation in channel gains with respect to those at the time

of the initial mechanical calibrations. Recording of channel output at nominal

zero prior to each test run provided a value of residual voltage that could be

used for test signal debiasing.

Three different combinations of data acquisition computers were used

(Table A. 11). A total of 32 data channels were recorded for each test

including 17 accelerometers, 13 LVDTs, the pipe column load cell and the

displacement drive signal that was input to the earthquake simulator control

system. A sampling rate of 200 points per second was used for all earthquake

simulation and free-vibration tests. Calibration steps were sampled at 100

points per second for a one second duration.

For all but 2 of the 15 tests, a DEC (Digital Equipment Corporation) LSI

11/23 processor equipped with a 64-channel analog-to-digital converter board

(Data Translation DT2769) with a 200 microsecond aperture time and a real-time

clock was used to record all 32 channels. A FORTRAN program using subroutines

from a commercial software package (Data Translation "CPLIB") was used to

control the analog-to-digital conversion board and real-time clock. Digitized

data were scaled to engineering units and separated into files containing

individual channel output that were stored on the fixed disk (DEC RL02).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
240

For all tests, one or two IBM (International Business Machines) Personal

Computers equipped with a 16-channel analog-to-digital conversion board (Data

Translation DT2821) and a programmable pacer clock were used to record 16 data

channels each. A real-time software package (Data Translation "ATLAB") that

runs under PC-DOS was used to control the function of the clock and conversion

board. Digitized data were transported to a VAX 11/750 in raw form where they

were then scaled into engineering units and separated into files containing

individual channel output.

Scaled data from the LSI 11/23 were transported to the VAX 11/750 to be

archived on magnetic tapes. Analysis of test data was performed on the VAX

11/750.

A Gultan TR-722 2-channel high-speed strip chart recorder was also used to

record various channel outputs for each test run. For earthquake simulation

runs, platform acceleration and specimen response displacement relative to the

reference column were usually recorded. For free-vibration tests, specimen

acceleration and relative displacement response were usually recorded.

A.4.2 Visible Damage

Qualitative recordings of visible damage were made before and after

earthquake simulation runs. A Panasonic 30x magnifying scope was used to

locate cracks in the concrete beam. Crack locations were marked on the test

specimen in a color code to signify the progress of damage with each test run.

A freehand sketch of the crack patterns was recorded on data sheets along with

measured crack widths and location of spalled concrete surfaces.

Hydrocal fillets placed along interface surfaces of connections were

checked for cracking that would indicate the occurrence of slip after each

earthquake simulation run.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
241

Video cassette recordings of most test runs were made using a Panasonic

VHS system and camera. Close-up films of beam response were recorded using a

16 mm time-lapse camera for a few of the test runs.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
242

Table A.l Measured Beam Cross-Section Dimensions

Depth (in) Width (in)

Specimen Sections3 North South Top Bottom

B-01 A-G 8.020 8.011 4.021 4.021


B-02 A-H 8.014 8.008 4.008 4.023
B-03 A-G 8.021 8.009 4.019 4.021
B-04 A-I 8.016 8.003 4.019 4.025
B-05 A-H 8.009 8.003 4.040 4.034
B-06 A-H 8.008 8.000 4.006 4.017
B-07 A-I 8.008 7.998 4.010 4.025
B-08 A-I 8.011 8.010 4.015 4.027
B-09 A-H 8.015 8.004 4.017 4.027
B-10 A-I 8.001 8.014 4.013 4.045
B-11 A-G 8.019 8.008 4.023 4.028
B-12 A-G 8.009 8.001 4.011 4.030
B-13 A-G 8.018 8.004 4.016 4.022
B-14 A-G 8.018 8.007 4.016 4.024
B-15 A-H 8.008 8.002 4.007 4.008

a - See Fig. A.2.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
243

Table A.2 Measured Concrete Cover for Beam


Longitudinal Steel

Bar Top Cover3 Bottom Cover3


Specimen Size (in.) (in.)

B-01 #4 0.600 0.586


B-02 #3 0.678 0.669
B-03 #3 0.682 0.638
B-04 #3 0.696 0.683
B-05 #4 0.601 0.595
B-06 #3 0.673 0.656
B-07 #4 0.631 0.572
B-08 #3 0.717 0.645
B-09 #3 0.670 0.711
B-10 #4 0.594 0.533
B-ll #3 0.628 0.697
B-12 #4 0.567 0.617
B-13 #4 0.567 0.548
B-14 #3 0.711 0.649
B-15 #4 0.652 0.531

3 Measured to outside edge of longitudinal bar.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
244

m ^ H O O fH ^ in rH Q o c o c o c M c o m o io o
ro « -H f*-c o > o c o o > c o io r^ o c o c J c o o
4-» 9 ) O 9t U ) O O ) U ) l A O t l A 0 t O t O t O O O
o fo in ro m in ^ tio in ^ io n c o fo ro io
H-

03
40
<0
CO •
c N N J N N r s N N N N N N N r s N P ^
1— c S N h » N h » N N N N N N N N N h *
o o cococococococococococococococo
e o
(/) <9
c CL
0)
E
•r—
U
Q)
O. “O
C/> c •
LU C
4-> c (o io fo tn io in u iin io m fo ro fo ro io
<0 • £ O CO 40 40 WO 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 (O O VO
0) </> <0 o
H" .O o
r— CO
M- •km*
O
+->
JC
JC O)
•r» o>
•r* 0) r— C
0) O *r
£ O 00 r-H 00 iH rH r^H r-H M i H GO 00 CO 00 ^
*o <TS 03
“O 0> a . s.
0) s- CO
u 3
3 <✓>
00 <d
<u
0) r: •
2E 40 C
CO c cooococococococococococococooo
o C t 0 > ( T C ^ ( n ( n 0 t ( n 0 ) C A O 0 ) 010 ) 0 t
CO £ o
<
0)
.Q
(0
I— CO 0) o > i o o > r o 40 i o c o r o i o < o a » c n o > 0 ) i o
CO 4-> ^ c o ^ m o o c o io in c o c n ^ r^ ^ ^ a -c o
(0 <0 in ^ io o ^ ^ o o ^ t o in in t n io 'd -
3E r - c s jc o c v j^ -ro c o ^ ^ i-ro ^ -c jc v jc v jc v jro
a.

a)
0)
s.
a o ro o o ^ -c v jo ^ J -c ja tc o c o o o L O fO
c ( X ) ( ^ r s> o > ( j t ( ^ c n o t ( D c n N O O N r s o >
o
o

c
<D
£ •H C jfO ^ m c o N O O O o ^ o J c o ^ tifl
O Q 0 O CO O O O O i H M *“4M
u l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
03 r A i Y S f ^ i Y t r o m f f l P P i f f l r t t n f l g Q CQ gQ CQ
CL
C/>

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
245

>
(U
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
^•cocoowi/>»HcncvjKoofO<vjh*><Nj
4- • f—1 i-H »-H
O c/>
CD
(/> S_--
3 3 -r-
r— +J 00
3 Q. CL c o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
"O 3 '— " CO
o oz a> NrHOCO-HOMOrHCOfOCOcONinpO
s s: Ni H H O t O O i O O O C O N N N O O O O
r»H ^4 pH rH ^

>
Properties of Concrete

d)
Q o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
cn evJoomCTiiDinoooovO'S-ro'S'fOioro
c .c •
•r- +J . 00
cn*«-
-P C i/l
•r ai a
r— S- **■—*'
0.4-> c
</) oo ro o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
03 i— Itnuioii-I «3- CvJ CM i—iN O o> Ol
z:

0) >
> 03
•1— .c a o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
Table A.4 Measured

00 4-> O CO CO <?■ O ^ »-1 CO CO CXI 1


— 1CM CD i— i
(/> • co •— co •— icMco'S'f—ico «3" in co ro cm cm
CD C -r- 00
L 01 (A
a. s- a.
E
O CO
o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o
c
ro r-itocviif>oocno>cMr~o>^Hes)r~.vo'a-
03 1-lrH^-CNJMr-lOlOrtlOOOinWrOS
z:

+->
03 4-> 00
00 >> in r~~ cm oo lo •—i o i O i o » r i n o M n i n f f l
a) Q) ro l O O N m C O O l O O ’-’M N W a ' f f l l O
O h - -3 «-H f-H «-H «-H »-H r-H r-H i—H I-H
<

C
o
E •
O—icvjco^u’ Jvor-'.oOO^O'—
O O O O O O O O ^ r - H ' -‘cvjro^tf)
H — .r-lr-H
CJ l l l l l l l l l l l l l ||
a) cooooocacacocococQcocoencQcoeQ
a.
00

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
246

Table A.5 Polynomial Fit to Measured Concrete Compressive Stress-


Strain Relationship

Best-Fit Strain
Specimen Polynomial Coefficients3 Offset

C0 Cib C2 eo

B-01 -0.069 3887 -716,000 0.000018


B-02 -0.014 4075 -658,000 0.000003
B-03 0.055 3824 -670,000 -0.000014
B-04 -0.042 3578 -595,000 0.000012
B-05 -0.129 3346 -478,000 0.000039
B-06 -0.163 3653 -606,000 0.000045
B-07 -0.002 3715 -628,000 0.
B-08 -0.046 3934 -673,000 0.000012
B-09 -0.090 3889 -711,000 0.000023
B-10 -0.075 3554 -626,000 0.000022
B-ll 0.010 3611 -679,000 -0.000003
B-12 -0.020 3599 -697,000 0.000005
B-13 -0.101 3288 -620,000 0.000031
B-14 -0.061 3318 -605,000 0.000019
B-15 -0.149 3623 -652,000 0.000041

a Equation of polynomial: fc - CQ + C^ (cc - c0) + C2 (cc - c0)^, where


fc - concrete compressive stress (ksi), cc - concrete strain.

b Slope of best-fit at origin, indicating initial tangent modulus (ksi).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table A.6 Measured Properties of Flexural Reinforcement

Bar No. of Tensile Tensile Meana


Size Coupons Yield Stress Strength £sh
(ksi) (ksi)

Mean 3. Dev. Mean S. Dev.

#3 13 59.3 1.4 88.8 1.6 .0145


#4 9 65.7 1.6 101.8 1.6 .0119

a Strain at onset of strain hardening.

247
Table A. 7 Measured Properties of Auxilliary Reinforcement

No. of Tensile Tensile


Location Size Coupons Yield Stress Strength
(ksi) (ksi)

Mean S. Dev. Mean S., Dev.

Beam/
Transverse #10 ga. wire 5 97.1 1.4 98.8 1.3
Beam/
Transverse #5 ga. wire 5 61.9 0.9 67.3 0.8

Panel #3 bars 5 90.3 0.9 110.2 1.0


248

Table A.8 Chronology of Experiments

Date Date Age at


Specimen Cast Tested Test
(days)

B-01 15 Dec 86 18 Feb 87 65


B-02 6 Mar 86 12, 13 May 86 67
B-03 17 Mar 86 28 May 86 72
B-04 2 May 86 9, 10 Jun 86 38
B-05 12 May 86 5, 6 Aug 86 85
B-06 27 May 86 26, 27 Aug 86 91
B-07 3 Jun 86 11 Sep 86 100
B-08 10 Jun 86 24 Sep 86 106
B-09 16 Jun 86 10 Oct 86 116
B-10 20 Jun 86 22 Oct 86 124
B-11 27 Jun 86 30 Oct 86 125
B-12 9 Jul 86 15 Nov 86 129
B-13 1 Aug 86 12 Feb 87 195
B-14 15 Aug 86 16 Feb 87 185
B-15 5 Sep 86 20 Feb 87 168

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
249

Table A.9 Manufacturer's Ratings - Accelerometers

Manufacturer Endevco
Type Piezoresistive
Model 2262C-25
Range + 25 G
Linearity 1.0%
Frequency Response (+ 5%) 0-750 Hz
Natural Frequency 2500 Hz
Fraction of Critical Damping 0.7

Table A.10 Manufacturer's Ratings - LVDT's

Manufacturer Model Stroke Linearity

Collins 711T42 + 1.0 in. 0.25%


Collins LMT13408 + 2.5 in. 1.0%
Pennsauken 3000HR +3.0 in. 0.25%

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
250

Table A.11 Data Acquisition Configurations

Number of Channels

IBM/PC w/ DEC LSI 11/23 w/


Test DT2801 Board DT2768 Board

B-01 16 32
B-02 2 * 16 -
B-03 2 * 16 -
B-04 2 * 16 32
B-05 16 32
B-06 16 32
3-07 16 32
B-08 16 32
B-09 16 32
B-10 16 32
B-ll 16 32
B-12 16 32
B-13 16 32
B-14 16 32
B-15 16 32

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS


IN INCHES

-ATTACHED STEEL WEIGHTS


(FIG. A.9)

-CONCRETE BEAM

■BEAM END CONNECTION


BRACING NOT SHOWN
(FIG. A.8)
(SEE FIGS. A.10,11) ho
Ln
CONCRETE PANEL

PANEL BASE W
CONNECTION
(FIG. A.7) © ©
© © © ©
© 9 q ©

TBP 4

Fig. A.l Test Specimen


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

SOUTH NORTH
® ® © ® ® © © ® ©

SP.
**— TOP

252
— BOTTOM

SECTION "A"

NOTE: SEE T A B L E A.1 F O R A V E R A G E


DIMENSIONS A L O N G L E N G T H

Fig. A.2 Eeam Cross-Section Dimension Survey


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 1/ CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5.0

4.0

253
CE

3 .0

2.0

0.0 v-

0.0 1 .0 2.0 3.0 4.0


S T R A IN * 1 OOO

Fig. A.3 Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(a) Test B-01
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 2 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

254
4 .0

3 .0

2.0

0 . 0 L-
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1 0O O

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(b) Test B-02
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 3 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

DO
5 .0

4 .0

255
OD

3 .0

2.0

03
O

0.0
0.0 1 .0 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(c) Test B-03
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 4 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0
oa oo

4.0

256
tin

3 .0

2.0

0.0
0.0 1 .O 2.0 4.0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(d) Test B-04
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

□□
4 .0 OD:

257
3 .0

2.0

0.0 *-
0.0 1.o 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1 OOO

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(e) Test B-05
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 6 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED ME A N

6.0

aa
5 .0
o

4 .0

258
OB

K 3.0

faa

2.0 10□

0.0 *-
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(f) Test B-06
259

Relationship
DATA

Stress-Strain
C YLIN D ER

Concrete Compressive
C O N C R ETE

Test B-07
B —0 7 /

(g)
Fig. A.3 (cont.)
TEST

o o o o o o o oo

IS * 'S S 3 M 1 S

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -O S / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

4 .0

260
K 3 -°

2.0

0.0 v-
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(h) Test B-08
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 9 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

to
5 ,0
ooo

mo

4 ..0

261
O DO CO
O0
om
3 .0

2.0

0.0 V-
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(i) Test B-09
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —10 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7.0
COMPUTED ME A N

6.0

5.0

4.0

262
(S

3.0

2.0

0.0 *L-
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3.0 4.0
S T R A IN * 1 0O O

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(j) Test B-10
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B — 1 1/ CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

263
4 .0

K 3 -°

2.0

ICS

0.0 * -
0.0 1.o 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(k) Test B-ll
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —12 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7.0
COMPUTED ME A N

6.0

5 .0

4 .0

264
3 .0

2.0

PO
O

0.0 * -
0.0 1 .0 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cone.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(1) Test B-12
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST 8 —1 3 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

4 .0

265
3 .0

2.0

0 . 0 L-
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(m) Test B-13
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—14 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

4 .0

266
Hd

3 .0

2.0

.0

0.0 * -
0.0 1 .O 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(n) Test B-14
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST E3— 1 5 / CONCRETE C Y L IN D E R DATA


7 .0
COMPUTED MEAN

6.0

5 .0

DO1

4 .0

267
3 .0

2.0

.0

0.0 * -
0.0 1. o 2.0 3 .0 4 .0
S T R A IN * 1000

Fig. A.3 (cont.) Concrete Compressive Stress-Strain Relationship


(o) Test B-15
268

120.

100.
Mean + One Standard Deviation
KSI
STRESS,

60.
(0.0145. 59.3)
|3 Flexural Bars

13 Samples
Strain Rate = 0.001 /sea
20.
f 3U - 88.8 + 1.6 ksi

0. 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06

STRAIN
(a) #3 Deformed Bars

120.

Mean + One Standard Deviation


100.
KSI
STRESS,

60. (0.0119, 65.7)

ft4 Flexural Bars


40.
9 Samples
Strain Rate = 0.001 /sea
20.
fgu - 101.8 + 1.6 ksi

0. 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06

STRAIN

(b) #4 Deformed Bars

Fig. A.4 Steel Tensile Stress-Strain Relationship


for Flexural Reinforcement

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

BEAM REINF.:
BEAM 2 BARS TOP & BOT. ( i---------
SECTION CLOSED STIRRUPS O 1.75
(NOTE: PATTERN CONTINUES
ACROSS PANEL WIDTH)

0 .5 COVER (TYP.)-^y

269
#3 © 6 (ALTERNATE SIDES)

r #3 (TYP.)

vK-
PANEL __
SECTION

1.5 4.5 15
7*-

PANEL

Fig. A.5 Beam and Panel Reinforcement Details


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

L 5 X 3.5 X 0.375
(DETAIL 'B ')
PL 0.25 = 4=
SLIDING BULKHEAD (TYP.)
0 .75 PLYWOOD

CHANNEL

to
/777Ti V////

270
P L A T F O R M SECTION

CUT AND GRIND TO


SMOOTH FINISH

30 + 7.5 « 37.5

36 + 7.5 = 43.5

42 + 7.5 « 49.5
SIDEFORM DETAIL

PLATFORM PLAN NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

Fig. A.6 Formwork Details


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

I I
CONCRETE PANEL

PL 0.75 X 24 X 18.5
1.375 DIA. THREADED
SHAFT (TYP.)

STIFFENERS
PL 0.75 x 5.25 x 10.5

271
0.75 DIA. BOLTS

IX A
PL 0.75 X 5.25 X 24

J 1.5 DIA. THREADED SHAFT

FRONT PL OMITTED
FOR CLARITY
PL 0.75 x 5.25 x 6 (TYP.) FAFNIR LSAO 1.5 DIA.
PILLOW BLOCK BEARING

PANEL

Fig. A.7 Panel Base Hinge Connection Detail


272

Detail
Support
End
Beam
Fig. A.8

<3 x

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

J l
1---------------- — ....1
, a fc NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
i----------------
g —

k 1.375 DIA.
SHAFT (TYP.)
CONCRETE PANEL ■

0.75 X 1.5 X 33 BAR W /


0.75 DIA. SCREWS O 6
*

273
TURNED AGAINST PANEL
ATTACHED WEIGHTS-
© ©
© ©
© ©
© ®-
6 (TV J.)
© ®-
ATTACHED WEIGHT
PL T X 36 X 54
T - 0.5
T - 0.875
T - 2.25

PANa SPECIMEN

Fig. A.9 Attached Steel Weight Details


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES


SPECIMEN

CONCRETE PANEL
•ATTACHED STEEL WEIGHTS
j> ( typ.

PL 0 .5 (TYP.)
SZ. CENTER
OF MASS

(SYMM.)

274
DETAIL ’ A' 0 .6 2 5 DIA. BOLT

AURORA X M - 1 0 / Z - 2
MALE ROD END (TYP.)

PL 1.125 THREADED CAP


PIPE 1.0 X-STRONG

-------------- DETAIL "A* (SIM.)

.V._ CENTER OF
ROTATION

45 DETAIL ” A ’

Fig. A.10 Panel Lateral Bracing Detail


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

CONCRETE BEAM
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

0.4 375 DIA. BAR

0.3 75 DIA. 6 X 19 AIRCRAFT


QUALITY WIRE ROPE

0.5 0 DIA. 1URNBUCKLE

(SYMM.)

275
0 .4 3 7 5 DIA. ROD

PL 0.8 75

_ ^ Z _ CENTER OF ROTATION

54

SPECIMEN

Fig. A.11 Beam End Lateral Bracing Detail


276

llllliuu O in
*O m
1 m 3

z
3
o
z

yCO

Test Setup
<
o
d

Free-Vibration
o
z
F=

o
ill
o
<
ill
oz
Fig. A.12

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

•1.5 NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS


IN INCHES

*/y) x - INSTRUMENT TYPE


0 = RELATIVE DISPLACEMENT
A = ABSOLUTE ACCELERATION
P = LOAD

y- POSITIVE DIRECTION (SEE AXES)


(PAJ

277
A/E

[a/ e]
fo/Dl fo/DJ
[a/ eJ

COLUMN

Fig. A.13 Layout of Instrumentation


Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

SIGNAL CONDITIONING/ ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL RECORDING/ SHORT-TERM SCALING/


INSTRUMENTS AMPLIFICATION CONVERSION STORAGE LONG-TERM STORAGE

Accelerometers
Vldar Vlslg II model 611-01
signal conditioners

Dana model 3500 Amplifier Data Translation


IBM PC DEC Vox 11/750
model DT2801—A

278
w / 100 hz low-pass filter

Lood Cell

Endevco model 4470


Data Translation
signal conditioners DEC LSI 11/23 DEC LSI 11/23
model 2769

Endevco model 4478.1A

Carrier Amplifiers

Fig. A.14 Test Data Signal Path


APPENDIX B

SYNCHRONIZATION OF RECORDED SIGNALS

With the test setup used in these experiments, individual data channel

recordings for a given test run were only approximately synchronized. In order

for operations involving two or more separate signals to be valid, corrections

were made to compensate for offset of time scales. Two specific operations

required such corrections: (a) direct comparison for moment-rotation

relationships (Section 3.3.1.2), and (b) algebraic combination for computation

of substitute damping ratios (Section 6.2).

Three desynchronizing mechanisms were identified in this series of tests:

(a) signal delay due to amplifier filters, (b) serial sampling format of

analog-to-digital conversion boards, and (c) independent time scales when two

separate analog-to-digital conversion boards were used. Time-scale corrections

were computed as

At J-J tf + (nj - nt) tn + tb (B.l)

where,

Atjj - offset in time scales between channels i and j

tf - signal delay due to filtering (Section B.1.1)

tn - time interval between sampling of adjacent channels on

analog-to-digital conversion board (Section B.l.2)

nf, nj - position numbers for channels i and j on analog-to-digital

board

tb “ offset between time scales of individual analog-to-digital

boards (Section B.l.3).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
280

These sources of time skew and methods used to determine corrections for each

are discussed in Section B.l. Corrections for moment-rotation relationships

and for calculation of substitute damping ratios are discussed in Section B.2.

B.l Time Skew Mechanisms

B.1.1 Filter Delay

Output signals from all 17 accelerometers and the load-indicating

dynamometer (Fig. A.13) passed through amplifiers equipped with variable-cutoff

low-pass filters before sampling (Fig. A.14). Attenuation specifications given

in the amplifier product literature conform to the amplitude response function

of a second-order, low-pass Butterworth filter [8]


1
H (f ) - ------------------------~ ~ l/ 2 (B’ 2)
( i ♦ (f/fc)2 n )

where,

H(f) — amplitude response of filter at frequency f

- fraction of incident signal passing filter

fc — cutoff frequency for filter (quoted nominal cutoff was 100 Hz

for H(f) - 1/2; theoretical cutoff for Eq. B.2 is for

H(f) - 1//2 [8], which is fc - 100/(3)°-25 - 76 Hz)

n - order of filter response decay (2 for second order).

The circuitry of the low-pass Butterworth filter is similar to that of a Bessel

constant-time-delay filter [8].

A simple test (Fig. B.l) was devised to check the assumed amplitude response

function and constant (with frequency) time-delay characteristics of the

filters. The amplifier from the circuit for the load-indicating dynamometer

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
281

was used for the test so that corrections would be appropriate for construction

of moment-rotation relationships.

A sinusoidal signal of known amplitude and frequency was split into two

separate channels. Channel A was unfiltered. Channel B passed through the

filtering amplifier, Initially, the filter cutoff frequency was set at 20 kHz

so that traces of channels A and B could be made coincident on the oscilloscope

screen. Oscilloscope controls were adjusted so that the trace wavelength was

10 cm (full display width). The filter nominal cutoff frequency was then

switched to 100 Hz to match dynamic test conditions.

The frequency of the generated signal was varied from 2 to 200 Hz, and at

each step recordings were made of measured period (T), amplitude for channels A

and B (YA and Yg), and phase difference between channels A and B (AA). Test

results are summarized in Table B.l. Scope traces for frequencies of 10, 50,

and 100 Hz are shown in Fig. B.2.

The measured amplitude response fraction at each frequency step was computed

as

Hm “ Yg / YA (B.3)

where,

Hm(f) - measured amplitude response function.

Phase angle was computed as

6 - (AA / A) 360° (B.4)

where,

8(f) - phase angle between filtered (B) and unfiltered (A) signals

at frequency f

AA - phase difference read from oscilloscope screen as length

A - wavelength, set to 10 cm.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
282

Time delay was computed at each frequency from

tf - (AA / A) T (B.5)

where,

T - measured period.

Measured amplitude response (Table B.l) is compared with Eq. B.2 in Fig.

B.3. While the appropriate order for the equation is not clear from the

comparison, the shape of the decay function appears to conform to that of the

assumed family of filters. The deviation of the measured result from the

equation for a second-order filter (n-2) at the nominal cutoff frequency of 100

Hz is less than the rated tolerance of ±1 db, which is quoted in the product

literature. Most importantly, the assumption of constant time delay is

justified by the test results (Table B.l)-- especially for the range of

frequencies relevant to dynamic test measurements. The correction for time

delay caused by the filters was thus taken as the average of values for

frequencies from 2 to 20 Hz (tf - 0.0036 s).

B.l.2 Serial Sampling Effect

Because the analog-to-digital conversion boards (Data Translation model

DT2801-A) sampled in serial format, a finite amount of time lapsed between

recordings of the 16 individual channels at each sampling step. Programs

written to drive the conversion boards set this offset as a function of the

overall sampling rate and the total number of channels to be sampled at each

step

tn - Ts / N (B.6)

where,

tn - time between sampling of adjacent channels

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
283

Ts — overall sampling period

- 0.005 s

N - number of channels

- 16

Therefore, tn - 0.0003125 s. According to Eq. B.l, an operation involving

channels 1 and 9 would require a correction for 0.0025 s of "delay" to channel

1.

B.l.3 Offset Between Separate Conversion Boards

For 3 of the 15 tests, two individual analog-to-digital conversion boards

were used (Table A.11). Attempts to coordinate the time scales of the boards

failed. Time-scale corrections (t^) were determined from comparison of two

similar signals (panel-base vertical displacement relative to the simulator

platform (Fig. A.13)), which occupied the same position number on each

conversion board and were not filtered. Values of tg for all relevant test

runs are given in Table B.2 and B.3.

B.2 Corrections for Time Skew

To synchronize a set of signals, one channel must be designated as the

reference and the corrected ordinates of the others are calculated from

uncorrected records by linear interpolation with respect to time. The

correction process is illustrated in Fig. B.4, which depicts two recordings (A

and B) of the same signal with signal B delayed by a time At^g. The corrected

signal B is computed from

Bi - Bi + (Bi+i - Bi)(AtAB / Ts) (B.7)

where,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
284

Bj[ - corrected signal B at time t^

B^ - uncorrected signal B at time t^

At^g - time delay of signal B with respect to signal A (Eq. B.l).

Corrections for moment-rotation relationships are summarized in Table B.2.

The time axis of the rotation waveform was chosen as the reference. Moments

(computed from beam reaction data) were delayed by filtering. Moment and

rotation channels were on the same conversion board in all but 3 of the tests

(B-02, B-03, and B-04). No beam reaction data were recorded for Test B-03.

Computation of substitute damping ratios (Section 6.2) required

synchronization of three channels: platform acceleration (y), absolute

acceleration response (y + x), and relative displacement response (x). The

latter two were corrected with respect to the time axis of the first (Table

B .3).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
285

Table B.l Filter Delay Test Results

f T ya yb Hm X AX e cf
(Hz) (msec) (V) 00 (cm) (cm) (deg) (msec)

2 498 3.00 3.00 1.000 10.0 0.07 2.5 3.5


3 335 3.00 3.00 1.000 10.0 0.09 3.2 3.0
5 200 3.00 3.00 1.000 10.0 0.20 7.2 4.0
10 100 3.00 2.98 0.993 10.0 0.38 13.7 3.8
20 50.2 3.00 2.90 0.967 10.0 0.70 25.2 3.5
50 20.0 3.00 2.40 0.800 10.0 1.50 54.0 3.0
76 13.2 3.00 1.95 0.650 10.0 2.00 72.0 2.6
100 10.0 3.00 1.55 0.517 10.0 2.60 93.6 2.6
200 5.01 3.00 0.63 0.208 10.0 3.60 129.6 1.8

f - nominal frequency; T
ya - channel A voltage; *B
fraction passed; X - wavelength
A X - phase difference; 0 - phase angle
tf - time delay

Table B.2 Corrections for Moment-Rotation Relationships

Corrections to Moment Signal, msec

Test(s) Run(s) tf (nj *ni)tn cb AtAB

B-01, 05, 06 All 3.6 2 * 0.31 0 4.2


B-08 thru 15

B-02 i o.o -JLU * U.Jl O .1 o.0


2 3.6 -10 * 0.31 6.9 7.4

B-04 1 3.6 -10 * 0.31 5.6 6.1


2 3.6 -10 * 0.31 6.2 6.7

B-07 All 3.6 6 * 0.31 0 5.5

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
286

Table B.3 Corrections for Substitute Damping Computation

Corrections to (y + x), msec

Test(s) Run(s) tf (nj-ni)tn tb a '-ab

B-01, 05, 06 All 0 -2 * 0.31 0 -0.63


B-08 thru 15

B-02, 04 All 0 -4 * 0.31 0 -1.25

B-07 All 0 -6 * 0.31 0 -1.88

Corrections to x, msec

B-01, 05, 06 All -3.6 -3 * 0.31 0 -4.54


B-08 thru 15

B-02 1 -3.6 -4 * 0.31 -6.1 -11.0


2 -3.6 -4 * 0.31 -6.9 -11.8

B-04 1 -3.6 -4 * 0.31 -5.6 -10.5


2 -3.6 -4 * 0.31 -6.2 -11.1

B-07 All -3.6 -7 * 0.31 0 -5.79

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
287

Exact Electronics, Inc.


Model 119
Function Generator

Anadex Instruments, Inc.


Model CF-600
Counter/Timer

LoW-P<J3S
Filter

Fluke Model 8020B Fluke Model 8020B


Digital Voltmeter Digital Voltmeter

Tektronix Type 453


Oscilloscope

Fig. B.l Filter Delay Test Setup

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
288

(a) f = 10 Hz

(c) f = 100 Hz

Fig. B.2 Filter Delay Test Oscilloscope Display

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
289

1.0
o Measured

- Eq. B.2 (n = 1 )

- E q . B.2 (n = 2 )
H.0)

0.5

0.0
0 100 200

Frequency, Hz

Fig. B.3 Filter Amplitude Response Function

AB

1+1

t| Time

Fig. B.4 Time Skew Correction by Linear Interpolation

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
290

APPENDIX C

MEASURED RESPONSE OF TEST SPECIMENS

This appendix contains response histories and corrected moment-rotation

relationships for each test run (Fig. C.1-C.44). Moment-rotation relationships

for both runs of Test B-03 are omitted because attempts to synchronize data

channels (Appendix B) were unsuccessful. Chapter 3 contains a discussion of

specimen response for nine selected test runs.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
291

ui ‘ -d s ia >1 '•»oooy

go o o o o O
o o’ o aJ o
o
Mr
C
M

oo

O
C
M

Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run


o
cd

Z
D
o:

(a) Response Histories


\
o
C

0 E
1 F
OD

if)
U
I-
o
00
Fig. C.l

o
M-

o
O O O O O o’
CM O C
M

2H ‘•bojj SS "loa <-*l—>


1 OOOl 'VM 0 / ‘ =OV ®aog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

400
TEST B -0 1 / RUN 1
1 T'
0— 2 sec. 2 — 4 sec. 4— 6 sec.

-400 i i

292
1“ ----------------- ,------------------ -------- - -------- ,
—i------------------ i i ....
6 —8 sec. 8 —10 sec. 1 0 — 12 sec.

di / / /

. /
/ /

i « i . ... i i ..... i
“2 O 2 —2 0 2 —2 0 2
Rotation, p e r c e n t Rotation, p e r c e n t Rotation, p e r c e n t

Fig. C .1 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TE ST B -0 1 / RUN 2

I-
10.0!-
o
o
O
° °° °°
o o °o
°o •*> ° Qi
<tft> ifo0 o o
o Oa

- 1 .6

0.0

dsta
- 1.6

8.0

>1 *-^oo»y
0.0
w tf~vvyv\A/~ >'

8.0

_L _U J
0 .0 4.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 2 0 .0 2 4 .0
Time. sec.

Fig. C.2 Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run 2


(a) Response Histories
f
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 1 RUN 2
400
0 —2 aac, 2 —4 aac. 4 —6 aac.

400

294
400

1 0 —12 aac,

4 O 4 4 O 4 -4 0
R otation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.2 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
295

Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run


(a) Response Histories
Fig. C.3

U|—>1 OOOL 'W 0/*3=>V osoa

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 1 / RUN 3
400

2 —4 aac. 4 —6 aac.

-4 0 0

296
400

6 —S aac. 8 —10 aac. 1 0 —12 aac.

-4 0 0
O 4 -4 O 4 O 4
R otation, percent R otation, percent R o ta tio n , p e r c e n t

Fig. C.3 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-01 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
297

ui *-doia >1 ••joDoy


o o o O O O
.• d ? d o
o
N

Measured Response of Specimen B-02 During Run


o
co

z
D
o:

(a) Response Histories


o
\ e
n
o
OJ pi «
0 - E
1 F
m
i—
(/)
u
H
o
oo
oo
Fig. C.4

oo
o
O O O O O N O o o o

*H •bojj jg -ioy ui— >t OOOl. 0/*=>=>V o«oQ

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 2 / RUN 1
200

0 —2 sec. 2 —4 sec.

-2 0 0

298
200 ------ -- T,
■■ i i

-----------------

CD
1
o
a
0
a
1 0 —12 sec.

------------------ 1

------------------1------------------
/
-200 ___________I__________ i ■
-2 O 2 -2 2 -2
R otation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.4 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-02 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
299

U| -dsia >i ‘' l o os y

CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-02 During Run


CM

Z
D
QL

(a) Response Histories


\
<N
O
I
m

U)
Ld
»-

«o Fig. C.5

o o o o o O O

ZH “bojj •;oy Ul— >1 O O O I *kN 0/'=°V ®0Dg

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 2 / RUN 2
200 -------- 1-----------

0 —2 sec. 2 —4 eoc. 4 —6 sac.

/
c
T
a
3

c ■

E
o

■U
2

-200 1 1

300
200

8 —10 aac. 10— 12 aac.

-2 0 0
-4 O 4 - O 4 - 0 4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent R o ta tio n , p e rc e n t

Fig. C.5 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-02 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 3 / RUN 1

r
1 0 . 0

N ’o
X aP
CD O
tT ®«4
0
L.
“o
o
ox^°0^ a ) V ^ 0 o o ^ c o c o o O,
b_

0.0
2.0 r
0.8

DIsp
I

k
React.,
o
o
o

2 _
-4.0

O
\
d
u
< o.o
oB
0
m
■1.0 L
i_ I _L J
0.0 4 .0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. C.6 Measured Response of Specimen B-03 During Run 1


(a) Response Histories
302

u[ *-doia "poey
a) o ® o o q
^ o' r o ?

<\l

Measured Response of Speciiren B-03 During Run


2
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


\
to
0
1
m

V)
iii
H

Fig. C.7

o o O O N o o o O

ZH ■boj^i •;oa Uj—>1 OOO L 'IN Q/'OOV oeog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 4 / RUN 1

r
10.0 r-

N
X
- 8
IT Oo
e
>. ^30 Oo O O Q o ' j> ^ u o * o O
U. °°000° °°0000° O 00°00 °° 00 O OoOOOoo® 00 °00000 oo 00°0000 OOOo oo OOOOOOOOOOOOO ooo

0 .0
4 .0
2.0
K
: 0 .0

Dlop
0
K
- 2.0
-4 .0
r 0 .2
ii

k
X

React.,
o 0 .0 A \l\lik r^ I A A_l A l a a A / ' a A A A a a / V A A A a a a a a a . - lA / \ a a a a ^ ^ a j 0.0
o ' A \ V v v V v v w v\]Y v ^ V y l / V v v ^ V v v ' ^ v V V V v v v v v
o
T“
J* mi V v v ^ i
ft
2 -0 .2 3.0

1 .0
0
\
u
0
< 0 .0

a
0
m
-1 .0
I I
0.0 4 .0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. C.8 Measured Response of Specimen B-04 During Run 1


(a) Response Histories
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 4 / RUN 1
200

L
o
C
2-4 see.



1
M
. 1

\
c ------------------

N
T
a
5

1
c

Eo
3
U

-2 0 0 i ...... 1

304
200 - - - - - - - - ,-----

6— 8 sec. S — 10 sec. 10— 12 ooc,

c
T
a
5
. .... h \ ) ■
c
• /
E
o
2
i

-2 0 0 i ... - - -
-4 4 -4 4 - O 4
Ro t a t i o n , p e r c e n t R o t at io n, p e r c e n t R o ta tio n , p e r c e n t

Fig. C .8 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-04 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
305

U( ••doja ^ -pD8y

CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-04 During Run


CM
Z
D
Q:

(a) Response Histories


\
■M-
O
I
m
i—
</)
LlI

Fig. C.9

o o o o O c4 o o o o
o c4
zh “ bojjj **oy uj—>i oooi ©/*»=>v m o b

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—0 4 / RUN 2


200

4— 6 aac.

-2 0 0

306
■f 1 ---- I i
6—8 sac. 8—10 aac. 10-12 sec.

v
j

. (j (
f

1
---------------- ------ - ..... . i . . i i
-4 O 4 - 4 O 4 - 4 0 4
Rotation, p e r c e n t Rot at io n, p e r c e n t Rot at io n, p e r c e n t

Fig. C.9 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-04 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
307

ui -doia >1 "isDoy

o
IN

O
o
M

Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run


o
<d

Z
D
cc

(a) Response Histories


oc
\ <>o
o "
m N C
0 - E
1 P
m
H~
W
U
I-
o
ai
Fig. C.10

o
O O o

zh “ bajjj ut— OOOl O / ’o o v aaog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 / RUN 1
400
2— 4 ate

400

308
400 -------------------- 1--------------------

10—12 sec.
.

(0

CO
0

0
1
-------- 1--------------------

C
T
a
3
c

^

E
o
2
1

------------------- 1--------------------
.

-400
-2 2 -2 2 -2
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent R o ta tio n , p e rc e n t

Fig. C.10 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 / RUN 2

r
10.0 i-
N
X o
o
cr o oo
O
o Oo
o o%
l.
u_ o0o°oo°°°°<fi 00°0000° OCXKP °00000000000000000 000 OO°0ooo“ °” ° °o,
oo c
0.0
4.0
2.0

0.0 ^ W \A A A a a /N./\y v 0.0

Disp.
0
K
-2.0

6.0

k
React.,
o.o 'cr" -v w -v — V V W ^ ■V o.o

-6.0
2 -0 .4

2.0
0
\
(j
o
< 0.0
0«l
0
ffl
-2.0
0.0 4.0 8.0 12.0 1 6.0 20.0 24.0

Time, sec.

Fig. C.ll Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run 2


(a) Response Histories
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 / RUN 2
400 — 1------

'
0-2 2 —4 sac.

- -------i—
. ------- 1--------------
/ /

N
-4 0 0 1 1

310
400 -------------- 1 ■ -------------- 1--------------
8 —10 see. 10—12 sec.

-4 0 0 ..... i - - ..... ............. « ............


-4 O 4 4 O
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.ll (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 5 / RUN 3

r
1 0 .0

N
X
O'
0
o °°oooo00°°o 0o0° ° 00 000000 00°°<> 0 0 0 < > » 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OoooocoooOoo ° 6 0 0 000t. ° 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ° 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0.0
4.0
- 2.0

: o.o vMVI
Aa \m\Al\AM j
^ vm av aV a \juA \J
A Va va \J
a \J
A \T
A Va VA 1/A Vv
vA u
/ VV a a a va va 'V^ '^ /W w \V va va va “.a a ^ w^. - m
/\.^
-v 0.0

DIsp
w y v v v v v \

m
-2.0

- 6.0

k
React.,
o.o

6.0

_L_ _L J
8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 2 4 .0
Time, sec.

Fig. C.12 Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run 3


(a) Response Histories
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

400 ------ “T-----------


TEST B—0 5 / RUN 3
.......... -~l----------------
0—2 sac. 4—6 aac,

c
T
a
3

c

E
o
2
&
- 4 0 0 ----------------1-------- i

312
400 1
6—8 aec. 1 0 -1 2 sec.

c
T
a
3
V
j f l '
..........

C
\ \ 1


oE
2
\------------

-4 0 0 «
-4 4 O 4 O 4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent R o ta tio n , p e rc e n t

Fig. C.12 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-05 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
313

U[ '-dSIQ “p D e y
q o o o o q
r- o 7 10 o 10
o
N

O
oo o
N
oo

Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run


00
o
Oo
co

Z
D
01

(a) Response Histories


oo oo
\ n
o
(D d o
O •E
I F
CD
I—
(/)
LU

o
03
„°0
Fig. C.13

o
■T

o
o o o o o
I
z h ••bojj ss ‘o o y Ul— >i o o o I 0/'°°V OSDQ

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
314

2
a

oco

Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
a

o
£

(cont.)

c
c
Fig. C.13

2c
a

o
a:

<N
o o O o
o
N §'
N
u |—d p i *>u « u j o h •u |— d|>) ‘) u * u i o n
I

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
315

uj ‘•ds «3
O O 9
^ o y o
III
N
'oo

o
o’
CM
CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run


«»

O
(0
<N
Z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


0o
\ o
o
CD C

O ^ E
I F
CD

(/)
LiJ
I-
o
oo

Fig. C.14

o
O o o o o o

z h "bojj •>oa U!— >1 O O O U O/'OOV OSDQ

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
i
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 6 / RUN 2
200
0— 2 aee.

-200

316
200
8 — 10 sec. 10—12 aac.

200
-2 0 2
2 -2 2 -2
Rotation, p e r c e n t Rotation, p e r c e n t R o ta tio n , p e r c e n t

Fig. C.14 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
317

Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run


(a) Response Histories
Fig. C.15

u i—>1 OOOL "VH 0 / ‘ ==>V 8»oa

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

200
TEST B -0 6 / RUN 3
0 —2 sao. 4 —6 see.

-2 0 0

318
------------1------------ i
6 —8 see. 8 —10 aac. 1 0 - 1 2 aac.

i ... A.

Rotation, paroant Rotation, parcant Rotation, porcant

Fig. C .15 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
319

ui •dsiQ >1 ";aDBy


o o 9 o o o
ci o PI H o d
o
N

O
N

Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run


o
cd

Z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


o
\ o
n
0
to 01 o'
0 E
1 F
m
i—
(A
LI

o
oo
Fig. C.16

o
't

o
o o o 01 o o o o

ZH " b a jj ss " i o y U l— >1 OOOL ‘n 0 / ' = =V osoa

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 6 RUN
200

0—2 sec, 2—4 sec.

-2 0 0

320
200

6—8 sec, 8—10 sec. 10—12 sec.

-2 0 0
—4 0 4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.16 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-06 During Run 4


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
321

•deja

o
C
M

o
o
C
M

During Run
o
<o

B-07
Measured Response of Specimen
Z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories



\
o a
i'" cm£
0 - E
1 F
CD
\—
if)
Ld
I-
o
ai
C.17
Fig.

00
J J
O O

zh "bajj •ioy ui— >1 O O O l Q/-OOV esos

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 7 / RUN 1
400

400

322
400
8 —1 0 aac. 1 0 -1 2 aac.

-4 0 0
2 O 2 O 2
2 -2
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent R o ta tio n , p e rc e n t

Fig. C.17 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
323

ui ••d«ia >j '^ODay


o o o o o o
pi o tji id o ®
o
■+
N

o
o
M
IN

Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run


o
id
CM

Z
D
a.

(a) Response Histories



\
o a
N d
O *- E
I F
OQ

(/)
U
H
o
co
Fig. C.18

O
o o o ■* o o

z h ‘•bojj ui— >t O O O L 0/*==>V ®oog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 7 / RUN 2
400
O- -2 aec. 2—4 aec. 4—6 aec.

-4 0 0

324
400 1 ...........' " 1
■ ---------------- 1-------- i
6—8 aec. 8—10 aec. 10 — 12 aec.

-4 0 0 i ___________l___________ • -........ i 1
________________ ____________
-4 O 4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C .18 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
325

U( - d o t a >i '- p o n y
o o o o o o
n o N aj o ®
o
TTT ITT
N

o
o
N

Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run


o
d
to
Z
D
IT
o

(a ) Response Histories
\ «m
o
n e
0 -E
1 F
CD
H
in
ui
H
o
oo
Fig. C.19

oo o
%
%
o°o
oo
°o
o
I 1 I I U o
o O o o o o o o o
oT“ o
2H 3£ “ »oa ui—>1 OOO I O / ’ooy esog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 7 / RUN 3
1 ---------------- ,----------------

0 —2 sec. 4 —6 aac.

J
r

. i t

326
i“" i 1
------- ---------------- -- .. ,
T” -- 1- - - -
6 —8 sec. 8 —10 aec. 10— 12 sec.

i i i .1_ . i
—4 O 4 —4 O 4 - 4 0 4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.19 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-07 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
327

Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run


RUN

(a) Response Histories


/
B—08
TEST

Fig. C.20

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
328

c
o0
k.
0
a

co

0
<K

Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
c
oi0.
0
a
o c
.
0

a0

(cont.)

c
Fig. C.20

0
0u
0
a

Ko

CM
Oo O
OCM
O
O 8'
CM N pj

•U|— d|>i *)u » u j o w *u(— d|>| ‘^uouuow

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
329

u| -d o ia ‘•}OD©y
o o o o O O
ci o n 10 o i?
i O
•+
C
M

<

O
<N CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run


o
<0
N
Z
D
m

(a) Response Histories


00
\ n
o
oo ci e
0 - E
1 P
CD
H
U)
Ld
I-
o
C
O
Fig. C.21

o
'i

J j _
o o O C
M o

z h “ bojj S£ u j—>) OOOl ‘ I'M 0 /-3 3 V oooa

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -0 8 RUN
I . . ------- 1

0 —2 aec. 2 —4 sac.

• »

330
200 .................... 1------------------ ------------------1------------------
6 —8 sec. 8 —10 aec. 1 0 —12 sec,

-200 * i
4 O 4
R otation, percen t Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.21 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
331

u| "daja "p o sy
O O O o q q
ci O N 10 o d
't
N

O
o
w
n

Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run


o
d
to
z
D
CH

(a) Response Histories


\
o
oo d «
0 ^ E
1 F
00
H
if)
Id
I-
o
oo
Fig. C.22

O O O O O O

zh ,-bojj as "»oy u j—>( OOOl 0 /-3 3 V ®a°S

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—0 8 RUN


200
0 —2 sec. 2 —4- aec.

-2 0 0

332
200

6 —8 sec. 8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

-200
-4 0 4 -4 4 -4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig.. C.22 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-08 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
333

ui "dsja >1 "joooy


O O O O O o
r-‘ o V d o n

O
o

Measured Response of Specimen B-09 During Run


o
d

Z
D
O'

(a) Response Histories


\
o
05 N «
0 - E
1 F
CD
I-
[f)
Ld
H
o
CO
Fig. C.23

90

o
o O o o o o o o o
o *-
I
zh "bojj 24 "5oa «-<!— >1 O O O L "VH 0/'°°V osdq

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —0 9 / RUN 1
200 ---------------- J----------------
i
4 —6 sec.

-200 i

334
200 I ------------------1------
8 —10 aee. 1 0 —12 sec.

-200 .. i ___________l________
-2 O 2
R otation, percen t Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.23 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-09 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
335

U! ••dsja >t "po o a


o o q o o o
cm 6 Y ro o q
o
CM

O
CM
CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-09 During Run


o
to

OJ
z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


\
o
CD 00 CM C
O E
I F
m

U)
u
t—
o
CO
Fig. C.24

o
't

o
O O o O O o CM o O O o

zh “bajj % '^oy ui— >) O O O I 'kN o/"°°V osog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—0 9 RUN


200

0 —2 sec, 2 —4 sec.

-200

336
200
8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

-200
-4 O 4 O 4 -4
R otation, percent R otation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C .24 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-09 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
337

Uj "dsia >) " p D o y


o o o o o o
*- o *7 to o
0
't
01

O
0
01

Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run


q
u>

D

(a) Response Histories


\
o
O 04 d
- E
T
m
F

H
(/)
LJ

o
ai

Fig. C.25

o
o O o o o ■<4- O O O o
04 o O!
I
zh '-bojj % '•*oy U I — >1 O O O l ‘ KN o / ‘ =>=>V 9 8 0 0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
338

C

u.
i

a

Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run


o
x

(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship


c
o
V.
a
c
0
0
IE

CJ

(cont.)
Fig. C.25

0
IE

-jcs
o o o o o1
o o
■*
*u|— d|>( *}u»uiOp| ‘ui—di>< ';u »luo^

Reproduced with permission o f the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
339

u( -deja >( ''pDoy


o o 9 O O 9
pj o n «j o
o
N

O
o
CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run


o
<6

CM
Z
D
Cd

(a) Response Histories


\
O

m
T
i—
(/)
Ld
I-
o
cri
Fig. C.26

o
o o o o o o o o

ZH •bojj 34 ••>oy uj— >t OOOl ‘W 0/'»°V ®*D0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -1 0 RUN
400

4 —6 sec,

-4 0 0

340
400

8 —10 see. 1 0 —12 sec.

-4 0 0
-4 O 4 O 4 -4
R otation, percent Rotation, percen t Rotation, percent

Fig.. C.26 (cont-) Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
341

<-*i ••dsja >) " p D B y


q o o O q 9
cm o CM d o ®
. o
M-
CM

O
o
<n

Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run


o
d
ro

Z
D
m

(a) Response Histories


o
\ o
a
o
0 cm ®
Y— - E
1 F
m
h-
(0
LU

o
CO
Fig. C.27

J L O
o O o o o o o o
o o
ZH •bojj as '•;<>« U J — >1 O O O l *k M 0/'=>=>V O SD Q

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
342

-------1------- -------,-------

2
0
o.
N
0 CO
0 o
0 <r

Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run


1
-
1
o

..... i..

(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship


c

0.
k
0
a
c
o
o
K

— — — 7— — —

(cont.)
-------1---------- -----

c
Fig. C.27

0
o
I.
0
a

o
6
0
K
“ «

_______________ 1 ■ ■■ ... . i_
■J*
o O o o 91
0
§ *
1
•u |—di>i ' ) u * ujo^ •uj—dj>i ' ; u 9 luo ^

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
343

ui -deia
o o o
ci o n
o
r T T T
N

o
o
CN

Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run 4


o
<d

Z
D
an

(a) Response Histories


\
o
T
DQ
t—
(/)
U
1-
o
od
Fig. C.28

J I I L J I o
o o o o O O o
I
zh ‘•bejj •»oy ui— >t O G O I 0 / '3 3 V ssog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -1 0 / RUN 4
400

0 —2 aec. 2 —4 aec. 4 —6 aec.

-4 0 0

344
400

1 0 —12 aec.

-4 0 0
-4 0 4 0 4 -4
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig- C.28 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-10 During Run 4


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B — 11 / RUN 1

I---------------- 1---------------- 1---------------- 1---------------- 1---------------- 1----------------1


10.0

N
X OOq o °0
oo O c ft1
ff
cu
u.
0.0
2.0
0.8

In
0.0 0.0

D ls p ..
+*
0
AC
- 0.8
-2 .0 I-

C 0.2 p 4.0

k
R e a c t.,
0.0

r~

2 - 0.2 4.0

1 .0

0.0

- 1•
.U
0 —
I______________ I______________ I______________ I______________ I______________ I-------------- 1
0.0 4.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 20.0 24.0
Time, sec.

Fig. C.29 Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run 1


(a) Response Histories
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—11 / RUN 1


200 " I ----------------------
0 —2 aec. 4 —6 aec.

/
/

-200 -i....... _ i ...

346
------------------1------------------ i ...... — i------------------ "" ........... "1 T "“ i
6 —8 aec. 8 —10 aec. 10—12 aec.

/ / t
/ / i

i ■ . . . i ........ »
—2 O 2-2 O 2-2 O 2
R otation, perc en t Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.29 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
347

■jODBy

o
m n ■+'
CM

o
o'
CM
CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run


o
to

CM

D
tt:

(a) Response Histories


o

\ a
o• •
CM «
- E
P
m
h
U)
Ixl
H
o
CO
Fig. C.30

J J o
o o o 0 o
o'
1
zh “bojj ‘•lOM ui— >1 O O O l g / ’o o v esog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—11 / RUN 2


200 ------------------ 1---------
0 —2 see. 4 —6 sac.

i
c
T
a
5
c V

E
o
2

-200 _L ______ i___________

348
200
8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sac.

-200
-2 O 2 -2 2 -2
Rotation, percen t Rotation, percent R otation, percent

Fig. C.30 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
349

Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run


(a) Response Histories
Fig. C.31

«■»!— > t O O O l 'I N 0 / ‘3 S V ® O D Q

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

-1
0
— -e
2«. TEST

2 -4
B—1 1

aec.
/ RUN 3

0
/
7
-i...
•■
-1

350
200
8 —10 aeo, 1 0 -1 2 aec.

-2 0 0
2 ■j 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent R otation, percent

Fig. C.31 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run 4
RUN

(a) Response Histories


/
B - 11
TEST

Fig. C.32

u j — >1 o o o I ‘W o / -o o v aaog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
352

1 -------- 1

c
2
> •
a
o c
.

0
0
0 0
0 £

(cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-ll During Run


- N -

O
T"

--- L- t

(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship


c
0
20
a
c
o
0
£

c
32

2 u
0
a
c C7>
o •rt
Cu
0
£

O O o O
O 0
N N
au|~dpf *>u»kUOft
1 u|— di>t *;u »ujoh

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
353

u| ••data >1 “p D o y
00 O O O O O
0 0 9 ( D O ®
o
oo N

O
O
CJ

Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run


O
(0

z
D
QL

(a) Response Histories


\
o
C
M ci e
T— ^ E
I F
C
D

H
(/)
U
I-
o
00

Fig.. C.33

o
't

O O o o «■ O o o o

*H ‘ - b a jj as -}©a u j—>i OOOI. £ > /*3 ° V B #o a

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B — 12 / RUN 1
, . .... 1----------------
■■1
T" ---- 1------
---- i .......“ 1-------------------

X.
0 —2 sec. 2— 4 sec. 4 —6 sec.

/
/

• i i i

354
.................~1— 1 T--------- ■ ”f ” i T" “
6 —8 sec. 8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

/ ✓ /
/ /
/

» i ___________I________ i
-2 O 2 -2 0 2 -2 0 2
Rotation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Fig. C.33 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
355

Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run


(a) Response Histories
Fig. C.34

«jj—>
1 OOOl ©/•=>»* esog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B -1 2 / RUN 2
400 "t i
0 —2 sec 2 —4 see. 4 —6 sec.

/
/
-4 0 0 i •

356
400 ------1------------------ ................ “ 1--------- :—
6 —8 see, 8 —10 sec, 1 0 —12 sec.

/
z '

-4 0 0 • »
-2 O 2 -2 O 2
R otation, percent Rotation, percent Rotation, porcent

Fig. C.34 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
357

ui -dsia >1 " p D o y


oo o oo O O
o o’ o o ®
o
't
N
oo
00

o
o
CM
ro

Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run


oo

o
d
ro
Z
D
Of

(a) Response Histories


\
o
(N CM »
- E
I F
CQ
H
V)
UJ

o
oo
Oo
Fig. C.35

o
O o O O O O o o o o'
O N O
I
zh si “loy ui— >| O O O l o/'ooy ssog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B— 12 / RUN 3
-------- -1 -■ " 1 .. 1 ......... r-
0 —2 sec. 2 —4 aec, 4 —6 sec.

i
• i i_ ______

358
400 ■ ---------1— :----- 1
6 —8 sec, 8 —10 sec. 1 0 —12 sec.

-4 0 0 i i
-2 O 2
Rotation, porcerit Rotation, percent Rotation, percent

Pig. C.35 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-12 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
359

uj "dsia
( D O ®
o o ' o

m 1

So

Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run


a>

z
D
m

(a) Response Histories


\
ro CM ®
I
m

U)
1x1

Fig. C.36

OO

CP

O
CM O

ZH ‘-bojj 24 ••}<=« Ml— >t OOOl 0/-OOV esog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B — 13 RUN
400 ---------------- ,----------------
I
0— 2 soc. 2— 4 sec. 4— 6 sec.

/
/
-400 i i .........

360
400 i ..... . ....... I- - - - - - - - - 1
6-8 8— 1O sec. 10— 12 soc.

-400 • • i •
-2 O 2
R ot at io n, p e r c e n t R ot ation, p e r c e n t R ot ation, percent

Fig. C.36 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TE ST B—13 / RUN 2

------------ i r i - i ................................... 1
------------------------------- 1
10.0
N _ ° ° o o O °
X o Oo o 0 „
• 0 o o
IT - ° 0Oc ^ ^ J (fio J o 0^ Dvam k2 V aS ^V ^Jo
0
L.
L. 0 <P

0.0 1
2.0
0.8
K
y 0.0 //LA/U^/yillMJlAJliVMflALAAAAMllAAAA/>7\^AAA/w\AAA^AJ\AAA/v/\AAAAA~vy\Av\AAAAAAA./^AAAA7 0.0

DIsp
0
a.
- 0.8
-2.0
c 0.4 8.0
1

k
X

React.,
o 0.0 : ............................ 1 1 a fth aAiIaA aaIaaaH^II A iaa M M M / vA .nAIU/WtAA. J U M aAAMIU-.-.AA^A a AAIUA / v a AAAAi*
o vVVv y p p y v p V||VV||VV| ' U P V V r ^ v w 0.0
v » ^ ^ ^ v v v» "WvV * ^vvvvv'/^ /vvvv
0
T“

2 -0.4 - 8.0
2.0
0
\
d
0
< 0.0
0
0
0
m
-2.0
i i i i i i i
0.0 4.0 8.0 12.0 1 6.0 20.0 24.0
Time, sac.

Fig. C.37 Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run 2


(a) Response Histories
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B —13 / RUN 2


400 1 1
0— 2 aoc. 2— 4 sec, 4— 6 sec.

C
T
Q.
3
4/
c
«
E
0
5

-400 I •

362
400
6— 8 sec, 8 — 10 sec, 10— 12 sec,

-400
-2 O 2 O 2 -2
R ot at io n, p e r c e n t R ot at io n, p e r c e n t Rotation, percent

Fig. C.37 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
363

uj -d o ja >1 • • p o s y
00 O ® 9 9 °
o' o o oo o ®
O
*
CM

O
CM
CO

Run
Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During
o
d
to

Z
D
Ol.

(a ) Response Histories
o
\ o
m
o
to CM O
E
I P
CD
I—
V)
UJ

o
oo

Fig. C.38

o
o o o o o o O O O o
O CM CM O

zh '*bojj 5£ 'ooy ui— >1 O O O U £>/‘=>=V »o d q

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TE ST B —13 / RUN 3
400 — 1-------- --- 1-----
0— 2 aec. 2— 4 sec. 4— 6 aec.

-400 i •

364
i 1 ...... I I ■ ■■ — r T -------
6— 8 aec. 8 — 10 aec. 10-12 aec.

/ /
/
. / . / . /
» i ......i i •
-2 0 2 —2 O 2-2 O 2
R o t at io n, p e r c e n t R o t at io n, pe. c e n t R ot ation, percent

Fig. C.38 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-13 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
365

uj *-d o ia >1 ‘ ’lo o o y


oo o ® o o o
o o o ■* o +
I o
oo ~\— r
IN

oo

O
o
CN

Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run


o
cd

Z
D
£

(a) Response Histories


o
o
to
o
■tf N P
- E
T
£D
F

H
V)
LlI
I-
o
to
Fig. C.39

Oo

0 oo.
o

J L J JJ
o o o o o o O O

2H '-bBJj Si "loy u|— >1 OOOl ‘tN 0/'®3V OBDg

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

1

0—2s
e
c. -- TEST
r
2—4sec.
— ,
B—14
1
/ RUN
i 1
!----
4—6sec.
---------------- 1----------------
1
/ '

i i « i i •
I I
-

366
6—8s
ec. 8 — 10 sec. 10— 12 see

.i
R o t at io n, p e r c e n t
J_ -2 0
R ot ation, p e r c e n t
2 -2 0
Rot at io n, p e r c e n t
2

Fig• C .39 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run
(a) Response Histories
Fig. C.40

uj— >1 OOOI ‘KN o/'°3V oooa

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B — 14 / RUN 2
"■ .. " T ‘ ... T . .. . . . . . 1- - - - - - .... 1""' 1 '1 i
0— 2 sec. 2— 4 aec. 4— 6 sec.

9 / '
>

i
- t

i i 1 1 *

360
------1 — 1--------------
6—8 eiec. 8 — 10 aec. 10— 12 aec.

/
/ '
V

i_______ ■
-2 O 2 -2 0 2 -2 0 2
Rot at io n, p e r c e n t Rot at io n, p e r c e n t R ot ation, p e r c e n t

Fig. C.40 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run 2


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
369

r m

CO

Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run


to
Z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


\

i
i
m

(/)
UJ
H

Fig. C.41

o o O CM CM O
CM O O CM

ZH ‘*bejj S£ Ul— >1 O O O I ©/•say ©8DQ

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TEST B—1 4 / RUN 3


200 .............. I “ ................ 1 ' “
0 —2 sec. 2— 4 soc,

c
T
a
3
A

c
/

E
o
2

1 1
-200 ...... -

370
200 ' 1 ....... ... ■r
6 —8 sec. 8 —10 sec, 10— 12 soc,

c
1
a
3
A
c
«
E
o
2

J __ i
-200
-2 2 -2 2 0 2
R ot at io n, p o r c o n t Rotation, p e r c e n t Rotation, percent

Fig. C.41 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-14 During Run 3


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship

i
371

ui "dsja
o o o o
CD
- d T o
(N

O
(N

Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run


o
cd

Z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


o
\ 0
a
o
in <n e
T~ - E
I F
ffi
I-
U)
UJ
I-
o
a
Fig. C..42

o
oo

J J o
o o o o -+ o o o o d
o oi pi o
ZH *bojj •*oy ui—>i OOOI ‘ IN 0 / ‘=>°V ®*O0

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

TE ST B—15 / RUN 1
400 1 r1
0— 2 aec. 2— 4 aec. 4— 6 sec*

-400 ______ l ...... ______ i_____

372
-- - - - -- - r ------- , ------ 1------ ...... i ■
6— 8 sec. 8 —10 sec. 10— 12 aec.

/ /

/ /

i i * i
-2 O 2 -2 0 2 -2 0 2
R o t at io n, p e r c e n t Rot at io n, p e r c e n t Rot at io n, p e r c e n t

Pig. C.42 (cont.) Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run 1


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
373

u( *-d o ia '•lODBy

o
't
CM

O
o
CM
CM

Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run


O
(0

z
D
a:

(a) Response Histories


o
\ 0
a
o
in CM 0
T™ E
I P
QQ
P-
(/)
u

o
CO

Fig. C.43

o o

O
o o o o o

zh "bojj ui— >1 OOOI. 0 /-OOV esog

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
374

c
©
o
L.
o
a
c
0
CM
0
QC

Measured Response of Specimen B-15 During Run


(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
c
©
o
L.
©
a
c
o
o
CL

1 ■ -—I---- N

(cont.)

C
Fig. C.43

©
0
u
0
a
\
X

o
6© CL
©
w
1
o
1 1
O O O
O O 0
M*
•uj— dj>j * ; u 9 a i o ^
1
•u|— dpi '^ueuuow

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
375

Run
During
B-15
Measured Response of Specimen
(a) Response Histories
Fig. C.44

uj— >1 OOOl ‘KN o/-oov oooa

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
376

c
©
o
u
©
a

o n
x

Run
During
Measured Response of Specimen B-15
(b) Moment-Rotation Relationship
c
©
g
©
a

c
o
0
x

(cont.)

c
o
Fig. C.44

0
u
0
a

o
X

O 0 O
O O O
*
S1
*
•uj— d p i ^uouio^
1 •uj— d(>t <; U 0 UJO)^|
i

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
377

LIST OF REFERENCES

1. Algan, B. B., "Drift and Damage Considerations in Earthquake-Resistant


Design of Reinforced Concrete Buildings," Ph.D. Dissertation submitted to
the Graduate College of the University of Illinois, March 1982.

2. American Concrete Institute, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced


Concrete, ACI 318-83, Detroit, Michigan, November 1983.

3. Applied Technology Council, "Tentative Provisions for the Development of


Seismic Regulations for Buildings," ATC 3-06, Special Publication No. 510,
U. S. National Bureau of Standards, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, D. C., June 1978.

4. California Institute of Technology Earthquake Engineering Research


Laboratory, "Strong Motion Earthquake Accelerograms, Digitized and Plotted
Data," Vol. II, Part A, EERL 71-50, Pasadena, California, September 1971.

5. California Institute of Technology Earthquake Engineering Research


Laboratory, "Strong Motion Earthquake Accelerograms, Digitized and Plotted
Data," Vol. II, Part D, EERL 72-52, Pasadena, California, March 1973.

6 . Gulkan, P., and M. A. Sozen, "Response and Energy Dissipation of Reinforced


Concrete Frames Subjected to Strong Base Motions," Structural Research
Series No. 377, Dept, of Civil Engineering, University of Illinois, Urbana,
May 1971.

7. Gulkan, P., and M. A. Sozen, "Inelastic Responses of Reinforced Concrete


Structures to Earthquake Motions, ACI Journal, Vol. 71, No. 12, December
1974, pp. 604-610.

8 . Hilburn, J. L., and D. E. Johnson, Manual of Active Filter Design, McGraw-


Hill Book Company, New York, 1973, 189 pp.

9. Hognestad. E.. "A Study of Combined Bending and Axial Load in Reinforced
Concrete Members," University of Illinois Engineering Experiment Station,
Bulletin Series No. 399, Vol. 49, No. 22, Urbana, November 1951.

10. Housner, G. W., and P. C. Jennings, Earthquake Design Criteria. Earthquake


Engineering Research Institute, Berkeley, California, 1982.

11. International Conference of Building Officials, Uniform Building Code,


Whittier, California, 1985.

12. Jacobsen, L. S., "Steady Forced Vibration as Influenced by Damping,"


Transactions of the ASME, paper APM-52-15, pp. 169-181.

13. Jennings, P. C., "Equivalent Viscous Damping for Yielding Structures,"


Journal of the Engineering Mechanics Division. ASCE, Vol. 94, No. EMI,
February 1968, pp. 103-116.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
378

LIST OF REFERENCES (CONT.)

14. Langhaar, H. L., Dimensional Analysis and Theory of Models. J. Wiley and
Sons, Inc., New York, 1951, 166 pp.

15. Lopez, R. R., "A Numerical Model for Nonlinear Response of R/C Frame-Wall
Structures," Ph.D. Dissertation submitted to the Graduate College of the
University of Illinois, Urbana, 1988.

16. Morrison, D. G., and M. A. Sozen, "Response of Reinforced Column Plate-


Column Connections to Dynamic and Static Horizontal Loading," Structural
Research Series No. 490, Dept, of Civil Engineering, University of Illinois,
Urbana, April 1981.

17. Newmark, N. M., and W. J. Hall, Earthquake Spectra and Design, Earthquake
Engineering Research Institute, Berkeley, California, 1982.

18. Olesen, S. 0., Sozen, M. A., and C. P. Siess, "Investigation of Prestressed


Reinforced Concrete for Highway Bridges, Part IV: Strength of Beams With
Web Reinforcement," University of Illinois Engineering Experiment Station,
Bulletin Series No. 493, Vol. 64, No. 134, Urbana, July 1967.

19. Otani, S., "Hysteresis Models of Reinforced Concrete for Earthquake Response
Analysis," Journal of the Faculty of Engineering, University of Tokyo, Vol.
36, No. 2, May 1981, pp. 407-441.

20. Schultz, A. E., "An Experimental and Analytical Study of R/C Frames with
Yielding Columns," Ph.D. Dissertation submitted to the Graduate College of
the University of Illinois, Urbana, 1985.

21. Shibata, A., and M. A. Sozen, "The Substitute-Structure Method for


Earthquake-Resistant Design of Reinforced Concrete Frames," Structural
Research Series No. 412, Dept, of Civil Engineering, University of Illinois,
Urbana, October 1974.

22. Shimazaki, K., and M. A. Sozen, "Seismic Drift of Reinforced Concrete


Structures," Technical Research Report of Hazama-Gumi, Ltd., Tokyo, 1984,
pp. 145-166.

23. Sozen, M. A., "A Frame of Reference," paper submitted at Ralph B. Peck
Symposium, Urbana, Illinois, April 1987.

24. Takeda, T., M. A. Sozen, and N. N. Nielsen, "Reinforced Concrete Response to


Simulated Earthquakes," Journal of the Structural Division, ASCE, Vol. 96,
No. ST12, December 1970, pp. 2557-2573.

25. Timoshenko, S., and J. N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill Book


Co., Inc., New York, 1951, p. 96.

26. Veletsos, A. S., and N. M. Newmark, "Effect of Inelastic Behavior on the


Response of Simple Systems to Earthquake Motions," Proceedings 2nd World
Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Vol. II, pp. 895-912, Japan, 1960.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
379

LIST OF REFERENCES (CONT.)

27. Veletsos, A. S., N. M. Newmark and C. V. Chelapati, "Deformation Spectra for


Elastic and Elastoplastic Systems Subjected to Ground Shock and Earthquake
Motions," Proceedings 3rd World Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Vol.
II, pp. 663-682, New Zealand, 1965.

28. Wight, J. K., and M. A. Sozen, "Shear Strength Decay of Reinforced Concrete
Columns Subjected to Large Deflection Reversals," Structural Research Series
No. 409, Dept, of Civil Engineering, University of Illinois, 'Jrbana, August
1973.

29. Wood, S. L., and M. A. Sozen, "Experiments to Study the Earthquake Response
of Reinforced Concrete Frames with Setbacks," Structural Research Series No.
544, Dept, of Civil Engineering, University of Illinois, Urbana, December
1988.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
380

VITA

John Francis Bonacci was born in Joliet, Illinois in 1959. He graduated

from the University of Illinois, Urbana, obtaining Bachelor's and Master's of

Science degrees in Civil Engineering in 1981 and 1982.

He worked as a structural designer with The Datum-Moore Partnership in

Irving, Texas for three years until 1985, when he returned to Urbana to resume

graduate studies in Civil Engineering.

Upon completion of his Ph.D., Mr. Bonacci joined the Faculty of Applied

Science and Engineering at University of Toronto as an Assistant Professor of

Civil Engineering in January 1989.

Mr. Bonacci is active in a number of technical societies including the

American Concrete Institute, American Society of Civil Engineers, and the

Earthquake Engineering Research Institute.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

You might also like